8.2.3 Measurement Configuration Control and Reporting / Handovers

38.523-13GPP5GSPart 1: ProtocolRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

8.2.3.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B1 / Measurement of NR cells

8.2.3.1.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B1 / Measurement of NR cells / EN-DC

8.2.3.1.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is not met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport }

}

(3)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell and detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects leaving condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

8.2.3.1.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.5.1, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.7, 5.5.5 and 5.5.5.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.1]

The UE reports measurement information in accordance with the measurement configuration as provided by E-UTRAN. E-UTRAN provides the measurement configuration applicable for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED by means of dedicated signalling, i.e. using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration or RRCConnectionResume message.

The UE can be requested to perform the following types of measurements:

– Intra-frequency measurements: measurements at the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-frequency measurements: measurements at frequencies that differ from any of the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-RAT measurements of NR frequencies.

The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:

1. Measurement objects: The objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.

– For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of cell specific offsets, a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells and a list of ‘whitelisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– For inter-RAT NR measurements a measurement object is a single NR carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

NOTE 1: Some measurements using the above mentioned measurement objects, only concern a single cell, e.g. measurements used to report neighbouring cell system information, PCell UE Rx-Tx time difference, or a pair of cells, e.g. SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell.

2. Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where each reporting configuration consists of the following:

– Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.

– Reporting format: The quantities that the UE includes in the measurement report and associated information (e.g. number of cells to report).

3. Measurement identities: A list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is used as a reference number in the measurement report.

4. Quantity configurations: One quantity configuration is configured per RAT type. The quantity configuration defines the measurement quantities and associated filtering used for all event evaluation and related reporting of that measurement type. One filter can be configured per measurement quantity, except for NR where the network may configure up to 2 sets of quantity configurations each comprising per measurement quantity separate filters for cell and RS index measurement results. The quantity configuration set that applies for a given measurement is indicated within the NR measurement object.

5. Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements, i.e. no (UL, DL) transmissions are scheduled.

For E-UTRA, the UE measures and reports on the serving cell(s), listed cells, detected cells, transmission resource pools for V2X sidelink communication, and, for RSSI and channel occupancy measurements, the UE measures and reports on any reception on the indicated frequency. For inter-RAT NR, the UE measures and reports on detected cells and, if configured with EN-DC, on NR serving cell(s). For inter-RAT UTRA, the UE measures and reports on listed cells and optionally on cells that are within a range for which reporting is allowed by E-UTRAN. For inter-RAT GERAN, the UE measures and reports on detected cells. For inter-RAT CDMA2000, the UE measures and reports on listed cells. For inter-RAT WLAN, the UE measures and reports on listed cells.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, The UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT;

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR:6> consider any neighbouring NR cell on the associated frequency that is included in cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest neighbouring NR cells detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

4> else:

5> if the eventB1 or eventB2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

6> consider a serving cell, if any, on the associated NR frequency as neighbouring cell;

5> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.7]

The UE shall:

1> for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

Inequality B1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality B1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA 2000 measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.

Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell).

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event). For CDMA2000, b1-Threshold is divided by -2.

Mn is expressed in dBm or in dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.

Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;

1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in 36.133 [16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

2> for each E-UTRA serving frequency for which measObjectId is referenced in the measIdList, other than the frequency corresponding with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting:

3> set the measResultServFreqList to include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;

1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if the corresponding measObject concerns NR; and if eventId is set to eventB1-NR or eventB2-NR; or

1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5:

2> if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to a value other than reportLocation:

3> set the measResultServFreqListNR to include for each NR serving frequency that the UE is configured to measure according to TS 38.331 [82], if any, the following:

4> set measResultSCell to include the available results of the NR serving cell, as specified in 5.5.5.2;

4> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

5> set measResultBestNeighCell to include the available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of the best non-serving cell, ordered based on the quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.2;

3> for each (serving or neighbouring) cell for which the UE reports results according to the previous, additionally include available beam results according to the following:

4> if maxReportRS-Index is configured, set measResultRS-IndexList to include available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of up to maxReportRS-Index beams, ordered based on the quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

3> if the triggerType is set to event:

4> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> else:

4> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

NOTE 1: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].

3> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

3> if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON:

4> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

6> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig;

6> sort the included cells in order of decreasing triggerQuantity, i.e. the best cell is included first;

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

6> set the measResultCell to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCellNR within the concerned reportConfig;

6> if maxReportRS-Index and reportQuantityRS-IndexNR are configured, set measResultRS-IndexList to include results of the best beam and the beams whose quantity is above threshRS-Index defined in the VarMeasConfig for the corresponding measObject, up to maxReportRS-Index beams in total:

7> order beams based on the sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

7> include ssbIndex;

7> for each included beam:

8> include ssbIndex;

8> if reportRS-IndexResultsNR is configured, for each quantity indicated, include the corresponding measurement result in measResultNeighCells;

6> sort the included cells in order of decreasing sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.3]

1> for cells on the frequency associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting, if the reportTrigger is set to event, consider the quantity used in bN-ThresholdYNR to be the sorting quantity;

1> for other cases, determine the sorting quantity as follows:

2> consider the following quantities as candidate sorting quantities:

3> for cells on the frequency associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting (for a triggerType set to periodical):

4> the quantities defined by reportQuantityCellNR, when used for sorting cells;

4> the quantities defined by reportQuantityRS-IndexNR, when used for sorting beams;

3> for cells, serving or non-serving (i.e. within reportAddNeighMeas), on NR serving frequencies other than the one associated with the measId triggering reporting:

4> the available quantities of available NR measurement results as specified in 5.5.5.2;

2> if there is a single candidate sorting quantity;

3> consider the concerned quantity to be the sorting quantity;

2> else:

3> if RSRP is one of the candidate sorting quantities;

4> consider RSRP to be the sorting quantity;

3> else:

4> consider RSRQ to be the sorting quantity;

8.2.3.1.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.1.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 and NR Cell 1.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (E-UTRA/EPC) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4].

8.2.3.1.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are not satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are not satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to setup inter RAT measurements and reporting for NR Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of inter RAT measurements for NR Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

F

4

The SS changes NR Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report the event B1 for NR Cell 1?

–>

MeasurementReport

2

P

6

The SS changes NR Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 57s if NR Cell 1 is on FR2 frequency else wait for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for NR Cell 1.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

3

F

8.2.3.1.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Tables 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2.

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1)

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig

ReportConfig1-B1-NR-r15(-85)

FR1

ReportConfig2-B1-NR-r15(-91 + ∆(NRf1))

FR2

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-3: QuantityConfig-DEFAULT (Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-3A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigNRList-r15 SEQUENCE ((SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15 {

1 entry

QuantityConfigNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

filterCoeff-RSRP-r15

fc0

filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15

fc0

filterCoefficient-SINR-r13

fc0

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1) (Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-2B

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(Freq) ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r15

Downlink carrier frequency of NR cell 1

}

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-5: ReportConfig1-B1-NR-r15(-85) (Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-7AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfig-B1-NR ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

reportAmount

infinity

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

ss-rsrp

true

ss-rsrq

true

ss-sinr

true

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

false

}

}

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-6: MeasurementReport (step 5, Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15 {

1 entry

MeasResultCellNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

pci-r15 [1]

PhysicalCellIdentity of NR Cell 1

measResultCell-r15 [1] SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult-r15

(0..127)

rsrqResult-r15

(0..127)

rs-sinr-Result-r15

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

measResultRS-IndexList-r15

Not present

cgi-Info-r15

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-7: MeasGapConfig(Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.331, clause 6.3.5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasGapConfig-GP2 ::= CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp1

19

TGRP = 80 ms

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-8: ReportConfig2-B1-NR-r15(-91 + ∆(NRf1)) (Table 8.2.3.1.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-7AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfig-B1-NR ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

reportAmount

Infinity

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

ss-rsrp

true

ss-rsrq

true

ss-sinr

true

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

NOTE 1: ∆(NRf1) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3

8.2.3.1.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B1 / Measurement of NR cells / NE-DC

8.2.3.1.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG, and performed the inter RAT measurement for E-UTRA cell and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is not met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG, and having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for E-UTRA cell and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG, and performed the inter RAT measurement for E-UTRA cell and detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects leaving condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

8.2.3.1.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331, clauses 5.5.1, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.7, 5.5.5 and 5.5.5.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.1]

The network may configure an RRC_CONNECTED UE to perform measurements. The network may configure the UE to report them in accordance with the measurement configuration or perform conditional reconfiguration evaluation in accordance with the conditional reconfiguration. The measurement configuration is provided by means of dedicated signalling i.e. using the RRCReconfiguration or RRCResume.

The network may configure the UE to perform the following types of measurements:

– NR measurements;

– Inter-RAT measurements of E-UTRA frequencies;

– Inter-RAT measurements of UTRA-FDD frequencies;

– NR sidelink measurements of L2 U2N Relay UEs.

The network may configure the UE to report the following measurement information based on SS/PBCH block(s):

– Measurement results per SS/PBCH block;

– Measurement results per cell based on SS/PBCH block(s);

– SS/PBCH block(s) indexes.

The network may configure the UE to report the following measurement information based on CSI-RS resources:

– Measurement results per CSI-RS resource;

– Measurement results per cell based on CSI-RS resource(s);

– CSI-RS resource measurement identifiers.

The network may configure the UE to perform the following types of measurements for NR sidelink and V2X sidelink:

– CBR measurements.

The network may configure the UE to report the following CLI measurement information based on SRS resources:

– Measurement results per SRS resource;

– SRS resource(s) indexes.

The network may configure the UE to report the following CLI measurement information based on CLI-RSSI resources:

– Measurement results per CLI-RSSI resource;

– CLI-RSSI resource(s) indexes.

The network may configure the UE to report the following Rx-Tx time difference measurement information based on CSI-RS for tracking or PRS:

– UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result.

The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:

1. Measurement objects: A list of objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.

– For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object indicates the frequency/time location and subcarrier spacing of reference signals to be measured. Associated with this measurement object, the network may configure a list of cell specific offsets, a list of ‘exclude-listed’ cells and a list of ‘allow-listed’ cells. Exclude-listed cells are not applicable in event evaluation or measurement reporting. Allow-listed cells are the only ones applicable in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– The measObjectId of the MO which corresponds to each serving cell is indicated by servingCellMO within the serving cell configuration.

– For inter-RAT E-UTRA measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this E-UTRA carrier frequency, the network can configure a list of cell specific offsets and a list of ‘exclude-listed’ cells. Exclude-listed cells are not applicable in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– For inter-RAT UTRA-FDD measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single UTRA-FDD carrier frequency.

– For NR sidelink measurements of L2 U2N Relay UEs, a measurement object is a single NR sidelink frequency to be measured.

– For CBR measurement of NR sidelink communication, a measurement object is a set of transmission resource pool(s) on a single carrier frequency for NR sidelink communication.

– For CLI measurements a measurement object indicates the frequency/time location of SRS resources and/or CLI-RSSI resources, and subcarrier spacing of SRS resources to be measured.

2. Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where there can be one or multiple reporting configurations per measurement object. Each measurement reporting configuration consists of the following:

– Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.

– RS type: The RS that the UE uses for beam and cell measurement results (SS/PBCH block or CSI-RS).

– Reporting format: The quantities per cell and per beam that the UE includes in the measurement report (e.g. RSRP) and other associated information such as the maximum number of cells and the maximum number beams per cell to report.

In case of conditional reconfiguration, each configuration consists of the following:

– Execution criteria: The criteria the UE uses for conditional reconfiguration execution.

– RS type: The RS that the UE uses for obtaining beam and cell measurement results (SS/PBCH block-based or CSI-RS-based), used for evaluating conditional reconfiguration execution condition.

3. Measurement identities: For measurement reporting, a list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities, it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is also included in the measurement report that triggered the reporting, serving as a reference to the network. For conditional reconfiguration triggering, one measurement identity links to exactly one conditional reconfiguration trigger configuration. And up to 2 measurement identities can be linked to one conditional reconfiguration execution condition.

4. Quantity configurations: The quantity configuration defines the measurement filtering configuration used for all event evaluation and related reporting, and for periodical reporting of that measurement. For NR measurements, the network may configure up to 2 quantity configurations with a reference in the NR measurement object to the configuration that is to be used. In each configuration, different filter coefficients can be configured for different measurement quantities, for different RS types, and for measurements per cell and per beam.

5. Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements.

Editor Note: It is FFS whether and how the definition of measurement gap should be updated due to pre-configured MG.

A UE in RRC_CONNECTED maintains a measurement object list, a reporting configuration list, and a measurement identities list according to signalling and procedures in this specification. The measurement object list possibly includes NR measurement object(s), CLI measurement object(s), inter-RAT objects, and L2 U2N Relay objects. Similarly, the reporting configuration list includes NR, inter-RAT, and L2 U2N Relay reporting configurations. Any measurement object can be linked to any reporting configuration of the same RAT type. Some reporting configurations may not be linked to a measurement object. Likewise, some measurement objects may not be linked to a reporting configuration.

The measurement procedures distinguish the following types of cells:

1. The NR serving cell(s) – these are the SpCell and one or more SCells.

2. Listed cells – these are cells listed within the measurement object(s).

3. Detected cells – these are cells that are not listed within the measurement object(s) but are detected by the UE on the SSB frequency(ies) and subcarrier spacing(s) indicated by the measurement object(s).

For NR measurement object(s), the UE measures and reports on the serving cell(s)/serving Relay UE (for L2 U2N Remote UE), listed cells and/or detected cells. For inter-RAT measurements object(s) of E-UTRA, the UE measures and reports on listed cells and detected cells and, for RSSI and channel occupancy measurements, the UE measures and reports on the configured resources on the indicated frequency. For inter-RAT measurements object(s) of UTRA-FDD, the UE measures and reports on listed cells. For CLI measurement object(s), the UE measures and reports on configured measurement resources (i.e. SRS resources and/or CLI-RSSI resources). For L2 U2N Relay object(s), the UE measures and reports on the serving NR cell(s), as well as the discovered L2 U2N Relay UEs.

Whenever the procedural specification, other than contained in clause 5.5.2, refers to a field it concerns a field included in the VarMeasConfig unless explicitly stated otherwise i.e. only the measurement configuration procedure covers the direct UE action related to the received measConfig.

In NR-DC, the UE may receive two independent measConfig:

– a measConfig, associated with MCG, that is included in the RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB1; and

– a measConfig, associated with SCG, that is included in the RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB3, or, alternatively, included within a RRCReconfiguration message embedded in a RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB1.

In this case, the UE maintains two independent VarMeasConfig and VarMeasReportList, one associated with each measConfig, and independently performs all the procedures in clause 5.5 for each measConfig and the associated VarMeasConfig and VarMeasReportList, unless explicitly stated otherwise.

The configurations related to CBR measurements are only included in the measConfig associated with MCG.

The configurations related to Rx-Tx time difference measurement are only included in the measConfig associated with MCG.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If AS security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the corresponding reportConfig includes measRSSI-ReportConfig:

5> consider the resource indicated by the rmtc-Config on the associated frequency to be applicable;

4> if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> if the eventA3 or eventA5 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> if a serving cell is associated with a measObjectNR and neighbours are associated with another measObjectNR, consider any serving cell associated with the other measObjectNR to be a neighbouring cell as well;

4> if corresponding reportConfig includes reportType set to periodical; or

4> for measurement events other than eventA1 or eventA2:

5> if useAllowedCellList is set to true:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the allowedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

5> else:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if eventB1 or eventB2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider a serving cell, if any, on the associated E-UTRA frequency as neighbour cell;

4> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModListEUTRAN defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns UTRA-FDD:

4> if eventB1-UTRA-FDD or eventB2-UTRA-FDD is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or

4> if corresponding reportConfig includes reportType set to periodical:

5> consider a neighbouring cell on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the cellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns L2 U2N Relay UE:

4> if eventY1-Relay is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or

4> if corresponding reportConfig includes reportType set to periodical:

5> consider any L2 U2N Relay UE detected on the associated frequency to be applicable for this measId;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to reportCGI:

3> consider the cell detected on the associated measObject which has a physical cell identity matching the value of the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the corresponding reportConfig within the VarMeasConfig to be applicable;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to reportSFTD:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to true:

5> consider the NR PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-NeighMeas is included:

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

6> consider any NR neighbouring cell detected on the associated measObjectNR which has a physical cell identity that is included in the cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest NR neighbouring cells detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the excludedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to true:

5> consider the E-UTRA PSCell to be applicable;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to cli-Periodical or cli-EventTriggered:

3> consider all CLI measurement resources included in the corresponding measObject to be applicable;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to rxTxPeriodical:

3> consider all Rx-Tx time difference measurement resources included in the corresponding measObject to be applicable;

2> if the corresponding reportConfig concerns the reporting for NR sidelink communication (i.e. reportConfigNR-SL):

3> consider the transmission resource pools indicated by the tx-PoolMeasToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId to be applicable;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to true for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable L2 U2N Relay UEs for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first L2 U2N Relay UE triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned L2 U2N Relay UE(s) in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable L2 U2N Relay UEs not included in the relaysTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent L2 U2N Relay UE triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned L2 U2N Relay UE(s) in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the L2 U2N Relay UEs included in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned L2 U2N Relay UE(s) in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to true for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first transmission resource pool triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools not included in the poolsTriggeredList for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent transmission resource pool triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools included in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the eventId is set to eventD1 and if the entering condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 1: Void.

2> if reportType is set to periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> if the corresponding reportConfig includes measRSSI-ReportConfig:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately when RSSI sample values are reported by the physical layer after the first L1 measurement duration;

3> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-DelayValueConfig:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first measurement result is provided from lower layers of the associated DRB identity;

3> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-ExcessDelayConfig:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first measurement result is provided from lower layers of the associated DRB identity(ies) according to the configured threshold per DRB identity(ies);

3> else if the reportAmount exceeds 1:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell or for the serving L2 U2N Relay UE (if the UE is a L2 U2N Remote UE);

3> else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells, or for the NR SpCell and for the strongest L2 U2N Relay UEs among the applicable L2 U2N Relay UEs; or initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the serving L2 U2N Relay UE and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells (if the UE is a L2 U2N Remote UE);

2> if, in case the corresponding reportConfig concerns the reporting for NR sidelink communication, reportType is set to periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell and CBR measurement results become available;

2> if the reportType is set to cli-EventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CLI measurement resources for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first CLI measurement resource triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned CLI measurement resource(s) in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to cli-EventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more CLI measurement resources not included in the cli-TriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent CLI measurement resource triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned CLI measurement resource(s) in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to cli-EventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the CLI measurement resources included in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned CLI measurement resource(s) in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to true for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if reportType is set to cli-Periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for at least one CLI measurement resource;

2> if reportType is set to rxTxPeriodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType is set to reportSFTD:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the drx-SFTD-NeighMeas is included:

5> if the quantity to be reported becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell:

6> stop timer T322;

6> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

4> else

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [14];

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the pair of PCell and E-UTRA PSCell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [14];

2> if reportType is set to reportCGI:

3> if the UE acquired the SIB1 or SystemInformationBlockType1 for the requested cell; or

3> if the UE detects that the requested NR cell is not transmitting SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13):

4> stop timer T321;

4> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon the expiry of T321 for this measId:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

2> upon the expiry of T322 for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4. 8]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled.

Inequality B1-1 (Entering condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh

Inequality B1-2 (Leaving condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. eutra-Q-OffsetRange as defined within the measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell, utra-FDD-Q-OffsetRange as defined within the measObjectUTRA-FDD corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within the measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the neighbour inter-RAT cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b1-ThresholdEUTRA as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event, b1-ThresholdUTRA-FDD as defined for UTRA-FDD within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Mn is expressed in dBm or in dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5]

Figure 5.5.5-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include, for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR, derived based on the rsType if indicated in the associated reportConfig, otherwise based on SSB if available, otherwise based on CSI-RS;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the servCellId;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRsIndexes and maxNrofRSIndexesToReport:

2> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO, include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first:

9> if reportQuantityRsIndexesand maxNrofRSIndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

7> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfigInterRAT in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.1.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.1.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state NE-DC RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NE-DC) according to TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.5.4.2-6.

8.2.3.1.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.2-2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-93

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are not satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-73

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-93

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-93

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are not satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-73

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-93

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration including measConfig to setup inter RAT measurements and reporting for E-UTRA Cell 1.

<–

RRCReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of inter RAT measurements for E-UTRA Cell 1.

–>

RRCReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on NR Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

F

4

The SS changes E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report the event B1 for E-UTRA Cell 1?

–>

MeasurementReport

2

P

6

The SS changes E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for E-UTRA Cell 1.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on NR Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

3

F

8.2.3.1.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1 Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with conditions NR_MEAS and NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

MeasObjectIdNR-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ssbFrequency IE equals the ARFCN for NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

}

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdE-UTRA-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA for E-UTRA Cell 1

}

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigInterRAT

ReportConfigInterRAT-EventB1

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig with condition INTER-RAT

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

}

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-3: ReportConfigInterRAT-EventB1 (Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-141 with condition EVENT_B1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventB1 SEQUENCE {

b1-ThresholdEUTRA SEQUENCE {

rsrp

61

-80dBm

}

}

}

reportAmount

r1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-4: QuantityConfig with condition INTER-RAT (Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-127 with condition INTER-RAT

Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 5, Table 8.2.3.1.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

Step 5

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListEUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA {

1 entry

Report E-UTRA neighbour cell

MeasResultEUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

eutra-PhysCellId

Physical layer cell identity of E-UTRA Cell 1

Step 5

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

(0..34)

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B1 / Measurement of NR cells / RSRQ based measurements

8.2.3.2.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B1 / Measurement of NR cells / RSRQ based measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.2.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell, configured b1-Threshold set to threshold-RSRQ and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is not met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell, configured b1-Threshold set to threshold-RSRQ and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport }

}

(3)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell, configured b1-Threshold set to threshold-RSRQ and detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects leaving condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

8.2.3.2.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.5.1, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.7, 5.5.5.1 and 5.5.5.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.1]

The UE reports measurement information in accordance with the measurement configuration as provided by E-UTRAN. E-UTRAN provides the measurement configuration applicable for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED by means of dedicated signalling, i.e. using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration or RRCConnectionResume message.

The UE can be requested to perform the following types of measurements:

– Intra-frequency measurements: measurements at the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-frequency measurements: measurements at frequencies that differ from any of the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-RAT measurements of NR frequencies.

The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:

1. Measurement objects: The objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.

– For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of cell specific offsets, a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells and a list of ‘whitelisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– For inter-RAT NR measurements a measurement object is a single NR carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

NOTE 1: Some measurements using the above mentioned measurement objects, only concern a single cell, e.g. measurements used to report neighbouring cell system information, PCell UE Rx-Tx time difference, or a pair of cells, e.g. SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell.

2. Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where each reporting configuration consists of the following:

– Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.

– Reporting format: The quantities that the UE includes in the measurement report and associated information (e.g. number of cells to report).

3. Measurement identities: A list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is used as a reference number in the measurement report.

4. Quantity configurations: One quantity configuration is configured per RAT type. The quantity configuration defines the measurement quantities and associated filtering used for all event evaluation and related reporting of that measurement type. One filter can be configured per measurement quantity, except for NR where the network may configure up to 2 sets of quantity configurations each comprising per measurement quantity seperate filters for cell and RS index measurement results. The quantity configuration set that applies for a given measurement is indicated within the NR measurement object.

5. Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements, i.e. no (UL, DL) transmissions are scheduled.

E-UTRAN only configures a single measurement object for a given frequency (except for WLAN and except for CBR measurements), i.e. it is not possible to configure two or more measurement objects for the same frequency with different associated parameters, e.g. different offsets and/ or blacklists. E-UTRAN may configure multiple instances of the same event e.g. by configuring two reporting configurations with different thresholds.

The UE maintains a single measurement object list, a single reporting configuration list, and a single measurement identities list. The measurement object list includes measurement objects, that are specified per RAT type, possibly including intra-frequency object(s) (i.e. the object(s) corresponding to the serving frequency(ies)), inter-frequency object(s) and inter-RAT objects. Similarly, the reporting configuration list includes E-UTRA and inter-RAT reporting configurations. Any measurement object can be linked to any reporting configuration of the same RAT type. Some reporting configurations may not be linked to a measurement object. Likewise, some measurement objects may not be linked to a reporting configuration.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR:

6> consider any neighbouring NR cell on the associated frequency that is included in cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest neighbouring NR cells detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> else if the purpose is included and set to reportStrongestCells, reportStrongestCellsForSON, reportLocation sidelink or sensing sidelink and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> if the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells and reportStrongestCSI-RSs is not included:

4> if the triggerType is set to periodical and the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-DelayConfig:

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first measurement result is provided by lower layers;

4> else if the reportAmount exceeds 1:

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell;

4> else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells, or becomes available for the pair of PCell and the PSCell in case of SSTD measurements, or becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [84, 8.17.2.3] in case of SFTD measurements;

3> else:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, when it has determined the strongest cells on the associated frequency;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 2: The UE does not stop the periodical reporting with triggerType set to event or to periodical while the corresponding measurement is not performed due to the PCell RSRP being equal to or better than s-Measure or due to the measurement gap not being setup.

NOTE 3: If the UE is configured with DRX, the UE may delay the measurement reporting for event triggered and periodical triggered measurements until the Active Time, which is defined in TS 36.321 [6].

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.7]

The UE shall:

1> for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

Inequality B1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality B1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA 2000 measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.

Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell).

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event). For CDMA2000, b1-Threshold is divided by -2.

Mn is expressed in dBm or in dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.

Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;

1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in [16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

2> for each E-UTRA serving frequency for which measObjectId is referenced in the measIdList, other than the frequency corresponding with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting:

3> set the measResultServFreqList to include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;

1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if the corresponding measObject concerns NR; and if eventId is set to eventB1 or eventB2; or

1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5:

2> if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to a value other than reportLocation:

3> set the measResultServFreqListNR to include for each NR serving frequency, if any, the following:

4> set measResultSCell to include the available results of the NR serving cell, as specified in 5.5.5.2;

4> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

5> set measResultBestNeighCell to include the available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of the best non-serving cell, ordered based on the quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

5> for each (serving or neighbouring) cell for which the UE reports results according to the previous, additionally include available beam results according to the following:

6> if maxReportRS-Index is configured, set measResultCellRS-Index to include available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of up to maxReportRS-Index beams, ordered based on the quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

3> if the triggerType is set to event:

4> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> else:

4> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

NOTE 1: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].

3> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

3> if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON:

4> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

6> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing triggerQuantity, i.e. the best cell is included first;

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

6> set the measResultCell to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCellNR within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing quantity according to bN-ThresholdYNR, i.e. the best cell is included first;

6> if maxReportRS-Index and reportQuantityRS-IndexNR are configured, set measResultCellRS-Index to include results of the best beam and the beams whose quantity is above threshRS-Index defined in the VarMeasConfig for the corresponding measObject, up to maxReportRS-Index beams in total, and in order of decreasing quantity, same as used for cell reporting, and as follows:

7> order beams based on the sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.2;

7> include ssbIndex;

7> if reportRS-IndexResultsNR is configured, for each quantity indicated, include the corresponding measurement result;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.3]

When configured to report the best cells or beams, the UE shall determine the quantity that is used to order and select as follows:

1> consider the quantities the UE reports as candidate sorting quantities i.e. as follows:

2> for NR cells for which measurement reporting is triggered (i.e. NR cells included in cellsTriggered):

3> the quantities defined by reportQuantityCellNR, when used for sorting cells;

3> the quantities defined by reportQuantityRS-IndexNR, when used for sorting beams;

2> for cells on NR serving frequencies:

3> the available quanties of available NR measurement results as specified in 5.5.5.2;

1> if reportType is set to eventTriggered; and if eventId is set to eventB1 or eventB2:

2> consider the trigger quantity to be the sorting quantity;

1> if reportType is set to periodical:

2> if there is a single candidate sorting quantity;

3> consider the concerned quantity to be the sorting quantity;

2> else:

3> if RSRP is one of the candidate sorting quantityies;

4> consider RSRP to be the sorting quantity;

3> else:

4> consider RSRQ to be the sorting quantity;

8.2.3.2.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.2.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 and NR Cell 1.

– NR Cell 1 is configured to operate in FR1 bands as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (E-UTRA/EPC) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.

8.2.3.2.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are not satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

SS-RSRQ

dB

-16.24

Noc

dBm/SCS

-87

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

SS-RSRQ

dB

-12.91

Noc

dBm/SCS

-87

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

SS-RSRQ

dB

-16.24

Noc

dBm/SCS

-87

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.2-1A: Void

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to setup inter RAT measurements and reporting for NR Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of inter RAT measurements for NR Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

F

4

The SS changes E-UTRA Cell 1 and NR Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report the event B1 for NR Cell 1?

–>

MeasurementReport

2

P

6

The SS changes E-UTRA Cell 1 and NR Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for NR Cell 1.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

3

F

8.2.3.2.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-NRf1

measObject

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1)

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-B1-NR

reportConfig

ReportConfig-B1-NR-r15

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-NRf1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-B1-NR

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

}

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-3: QuantityConfig-DEFAULT (Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-3A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigNRList-r15 SEQUENCE ((SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15 {

1 entry

QuantityConfigNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

filterCoeff-RSRP-r15

fc4

filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15

fc4

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1) (Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-2B

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(Freq) ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r15

Downlink carrier frequency of NR cell 1

}

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-5: ReportConfig-B1-NR-r15 (Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-7AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfig-B1-NR ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

event SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventB1-NR-r15 SEQUENCE{

b1-ThresholdNR-r15 CHOICE {

nr-RSRQ-r15

58

}

}

}

}

reportAmount

infinity

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

ss-rsrq

true

}

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-6: MeasurementReport (step 5, Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15 {

1 entry

MeasResultCellNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

pci-r15

PhysicalCellIdentity of NR Cell 1

measResultCell-r15 SEQUENCE {

rsrqResult-r15

(0..127)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-7: MeasGapConfig(Table 8.2.3.2.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.331, clause 6.3.5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasGapConfig-GP2 ::= CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp1

19

TGRP = 80 ms

}

}

}

8.2.3.2.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B1 / Measurement of NR cells / NE-DC

8.2.3.2.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG, and performed the inter RAT measurement for E-UTRA cell and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is not met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG, and having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for E-UTRA cell and configured b1-Threshold set to threshold-RSRQ and not detected entering condition for the event B1 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG, and performed the inter RAT measurement for E-UTRA cell and configured b1-Threshold set to threshold-RSRQ and detected entering condition for the event B1 is met}

ensure that {

when { UE detects leaving condition for the event B1 is met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

8.2.3.2.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331, clauses 5.5.1, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.7, 5.5.5 and 5.5.5.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.1]

The network may configure an RRC_CONNECTED UE to perform measurements. The network may configure the UE to report them in accordance with the measurement configuration or perform conditional reconfiguration evaluation in accordance with the conditional reconfiguration. The measurement configuration is provided by means of dedicated signalling i.e. using the RRCReconfiguration or RRCResume.

The network may configure the UE to perform the following types of measurements:

– NR measurements;

– Inter-RAT measurements of E-UTRA frequencies;

– Inter-RAT measurements of UTRA-FDD frequencies;

– NR sidelink measurements of L2 U2N Relay UEs.

The network may configure the UE to report the following measurement information based on SS/PBCH block(s):

– Measurement results per SS/PBCH block;

– Measurement results per cell based on SS/PBCH block(s);

– SS/PBCH block(s) indexes.

The network may configure the UE to report the following measurement information based on CSI-RS resources:

– Measurement results per CSI-RS resource;

– Measurement results per cell based on CSI-RS resource(s);

– CSI-RS resource measurement identifiers.

The network may configure the UE to perform the following types of measurements for NR sidelink and V2X sidelink:

– CBR measurements.

The network may configure the UE to report the following CLI measurement information based on SRS resources:

– Measurement results per SRS resource;

– SRS resource(s) indexes.

The network may configure the UE to report the following CLI measurement information based on CLI-RSSI resources:

– Measurement results per CLI-RSSI resource;

– CLI-RSSI resource(s) indexes.

The network may configure the UE to report the following Rx-Tx time difference measurement information based on CSI-RS for tracking or PRS:

– UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result.

The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:

1. Measurement objects: A list of objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.

– For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object indicates the frequency/time location and subcarrier spacing of reference signals to be measured. Associated with this measurement object, the network may configure a list of cell specific offsets, a list of ‘exclude-listed’ cells and a list of ‘allow-listed’ cells. Exclude-listed cells are not applicable in event evaluation or measurement reporting. Allow-listed cells are the only ones applicable in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– The measObjectId of the MO which corresponds to each serving cell is indicated by servingCellMO within the serving cell configuration.

– For inter-RAT E-UTRA measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this E-UTRA carrier frequency, the network can configure a list of cell specific offsets and a list of ‘exclude-listed’ cells. Exclude-listed cells are not applicable in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– For inter-RAT UTRA-FDD measurements a measurement object is a set of cells on a single UTRA-FDD carrier frequency.

– For NR sidelink measurements of L2 U2N Relay UEs, a measurement object is a single NR sidelink frequency to be measured.

– For CBR measurement of NR sidelink communication, a measurement object is a set of transmission resource pool(s) on a single carrier frequency for NR sidelink communication.

– For CLI measurements a measurement object indicates the frequency/time location of SRS resources and/or CLI-RSSI resources, and subcarrier spacing of SRS resources to be measured.

2. Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where there can be one or multiple reporting configurations per measurement object. Each measurement reporting configuration consists of the following:

– Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.

– RS type: The RS that the UE uses for beam and cell measurement results (SS/PBCH block or CSI-RS).

– Reporting format: The quantities per cell and per beam that the UE includes in the measurement report (e.g. RSRP) and other associated information such as the maximum number of cells and the maximum number beams per cell to report.

In case of conditional reconfiguration, each configuration consists of the following:

– Execution criteria: The criteria the UE uses for conditional reconfiguration execution.

– RS type: The RS that the UE uses for obtaining beam and cell measurement results (SS/PBCH block-based or CSI-RS-based), used for evaluating conditional reconfiguration execution condition.

3. Measurement identities: For measurement reporting, a list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities, it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is also included in the measurement report that triggered the reporting, serving as a reference to the network. For conditional reconfiguration triggering, one measurement identity links to exactly one conditional reconfiguration trigger configuration. And up to 2 measurement identities can be linked to one conditional reconfiguration execution condition.

4. Quantity configurations: The quantity configuration defines the measurement filtering configuration used for all event evaluation and related reporting, and for periodical reporting of that measurement. For NR measurements, the network may configure up to 2 quantity configurations with a reference in the NR measurement object to the configuration that is to be used. In each configuration, different filter coefficients can be configured for different measurement quantities, for different RS types, and for measurements per cell and per beam.

5. Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements.

Editor Note: It is FFS whether and how the definition of measurement gap should be updated due to pre-configured MG.

A UE in RRC_CONNECTED maintains a measurement object list, a reporting configuration list, and a measurement identities list according to signalling and procedures in this specification. The measurement object list possibly includes NR measurement object(s), CLI measurement object(s), inter-RAT objects, and L2 U2N Relay objects. Similarly, the reporting configuration list includes NR, inter-RAT, and L2 U2N Relay reporting configurations. Any measurement object can be linked to any reporting configuration of the same RAT type. Some reporting configurations may not be linked to a measurement object. Likewise, some measurement objects may not be linked to a reporting configuration.

The measurement procedures distinguish the following types of cells:

1. The NR serving cell(s) – these are the SpCell and one or more SCells.

2. Listed cells – these are cells listed within the measurement object(s).

3. Detected cells – these are cells that are not listed within the measurement object(s) but are detected by the UE on the SSB frequency(ies) and subcarrier spacing(s) indicated by the measurement object(s).

For NR measurement object(s), the UE measures and reports on the serving cell(s)/serving Relay UE (for L2 U2N Remote UE), listed cells and/or detected cells. For inter-RAT measurements object(s) of E-UTRA, the UE measures and reports on listed cells and detected cells and, for RSSI and channel occupancy measurements, the UE measures and reports on the configured resources on the indicated frequency. For inter-RAT measurements object(s) of UTRA-FDD, the UE measures and reports on listed cells. For CLI measurement object(s), the UE measures and reports on configured measurement resources (i.e. SRS resources and/or CLI-RSSI resources). For L2 U2N Relay object(s), the UE measures and reports on the serving NR cell(s), as well as the discovered L2 U2N Relay UEs.

Whenever the procedural specification, other than contained in clause 5.5.2, refers to a field it concerns a field included in the VarMeasConfig unless explicitly stated otherwise i.e. only the measurement configuration procedure covers the direct UE action related to the received measConfig.

In NR-DC, the UE may receive two independent measConfig:

– a measConfig, associated with MCG, that is included in the RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB1; and

– a measConfig, associated with SCG, that is included in the RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB3, or, alternatively, included within a RRCReconfiguration message embedded in a RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB1.

In this case, the UE maintains two independent VarMeasConfig and VarMeasReportList, one associated with each measConfig, and independently performs all the procedures in clause 5.5 for each measConfig and the associated VarMeasConfig and VarMeasReportList, unless explicitly stated otherwise.

The configurations related to CBR measurements are only included in the measConfig associated with MCG.

The configurations related to Rx-Tx time difference measurement are only included in the measConfig associated with MCG.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If AS security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the corresponding reportConfig includes measRSSI-ReportConfig:

5> consider the resource indicated by the rmtc-Config on the associated frequency to be applicable;

4> if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> if the eventA3 or eventA5 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> if a serving cell is associated with a measObjectNR and neighbours are associated with another measObjectNR, consider any serving cell associated with the other measObjectNR to be a neighbouring cell as well;

4> if corresponding reportConfig includes reportType set to periodical; or

4> for measurement events other than eventA1 or eventA2:

5> if useAllowedCellList is set to true:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the allowedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

5> else:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if eventB1 or eventB2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider a serving cell, if any, on the associated E-UTRA frequency as neighbour cell;

4> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModListEUTRAN defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns UTRA-FDD:

4> if eventB1-UTRA-FDD or eventB2-UTRA-FDD is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or

4> if corresponding reportConfig includes reportType set to periodical:

5> consider a neighbouring cell on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the cellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns L2 U2N Relay UE:

4> if eventY1-Relay is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or

4> if corresponding reportConfig includes reportType set to periodical:

5> consider any L2 U2N Relay UE detected on the associated frequency to be applicable for this measId;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to reportCGI:

3> consider the cell detected on the associated measObject which has a physical cell identity matching the value of the cellForWhichToReportCGI included in the corresponding reportConfig within the VarMeasConfig to be applicable;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to reportSFTD:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to true:

5> consider the NR PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-NeighMeas is included:

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

6> consider any NR neighbouring cell detected on the associated measObjectNR which has a physical cell identity that is included in the cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest NR neighbouring cells detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the excludedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to true:

5> consider the E-UTRA PSCell to be applicable;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to cli-Periodical or cli-EventTriggered:

3> consider all CLI measurement resources included in the corresponding measObject to be applicable;

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to rxTxPeriodical:

3> consider all Rx-Tx time difference measurement resources included in the corresponding measObject to be applicable;

2> if the corresponding reportConfig concerns the reporting for NR sidelink communication (i.e. reportConfigNR-SL):

3> consider the transmission resource pools indicated by the tx-PoolMeasToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId to be applicable;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to true for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable L2 U2N Relay UEs for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first L2 U2N Relay UE triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned L2 U2N Relay UE(s) in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable L2 U2N Relay UEs not included in the relaysTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent L2 U2N Relay UE triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned L2 U2N Relay UE(s) in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the L2 U2N Relay UEs included in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned L2 U2N Relay UE(s) in the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to true for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the relaysTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first transmission resource pool triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools not included in the poolsTriggeredList for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent transmission resource pool triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more applicable transmission resource pools included in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned transmission resource pool(s) in the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if the poolsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the eventId is set to eventD1 and if the entering condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 1: Void.

2> if reportType is set to periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> if the corresponding reportConfig includes measRSSI-ReportConfig:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure as specified in 5.5.5 immediately when RSSI sample values are reported by the physical layer after the first L1 measurement duration;

3> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-DelayValueConfig:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first measurement result is provided from lower layers of the associated DRB identity;

3> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-ExcessDelayConfig:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first measurement result is provided from lower layers of the associated DRB identity(ies) according to the configured threshold per DRB identity(ies);

3> else if the reportAmount exceeds 1:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell or for the serving L2 U2N Relay UE (if the UE is a L2 U2N Remote UE);

3> else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells, or for the NR SpCell and for the strongest L2 U2N Relay UEs among the applicable L2 U2N Relay UEs; or initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the serving L2 U2N Relay UE and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells (if the UE is a L2 U2N Remote UE);

2> if, in case the corresponding reportConfig concerns the reporting for NR sidelink communication, reportType is set to periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell and CBR measurement results become available;

2> if the reportType is set to cli-EventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CLI measurement resources for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first CLI measurement resource triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned CLI measurement resource(s) in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to cli-EventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more CLI measurement resources not included in the cli-TriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent CLI measurement resource triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned CLI measurement resource(s) in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to cli-EventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the CLI measurement resources included in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned CLI measurement resource(s) in the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to true for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cli-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if reportType is set to cli-Periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for at least one CLI measurement resource;

2> if reportType is set to rxTxPeriodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType is set to reportSFTD:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the drx-SFTD-NeighMeas is included:

5> if the quantity to be reported becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell:

6> stop timer T322;

6> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

4> else

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [14];

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the pair of PCell and E-UTRA PSCell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [14];

2> if reportType is set to reportCGI:

3> if the UE acquired the SIB1 or SystemInformationBlockType1 for the requested cell; or

3> if the UE detects that the requested NR cell is not transmitting SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13):

4> stop timer T321;

4> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon the expiry of T321 for this measId:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

2> upon the expiry of T322 for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4. 8]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled.

Inequality B1-1 (Entering condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh

Inequality B1-2 (Leaving condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. eutra-Q-OffsetRange as defined within the measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell, utra-FDD-Q-OffsetRange as defined within the measObjectUTRA-FDD corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour inter-RAT cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within the measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the neighbour inter-RAT cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b1-ThresholdEUTRA as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event, b1-ThresholdUTRA-FDD as defined for UTRA-FDD within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Mn is expressed in dBm or in dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5]

Figure 5.5.5-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include, for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR, derived based on the rsType if indicated in the associated reportConfig, otherwise based on SSB if available, otherwise based on CSI-RS;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the servCellId;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRsIndexes and maxNrofRSIndexesToReport:

2> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO, include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first:

9> if reportQuantityRsIndexesand maxNrofRSIndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

7> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfigInterRAT in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.2.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.2.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state NE-DC RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NE-DC) according to TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.5.4.2-6.

8.2.3.2.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.2-2 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are not satisfied.

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-94

RSRQ

dB

-11.46

Noc

dBm/15kHz

-94

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-80

SS-RSRQ

dB

-3.94

Noc

dBm/15kHz

-94

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-94

SS-RSRQ

dB

-3.94

Noc

dBm/15kHz

-94

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are not satisfied.

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-94

RSRQ

dB

-11.46

Noc

dBm/15kHz

-94

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-80

SS-RSRQ

dB

-3.94

Noc

dBm/15kHz

-94

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B1 are satisfied.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-94

SS-RSRQ

dB

-11.46

Noc

dBm/15kHz

-94

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration including measConfig to setup inter RAT measurements and reporting for E-UTRA Cell 1.

<–

RRCReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of inter RAT measurements for E-UTRA Cell 1.

–>

RRCReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on NR Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

F

4

The SS changes E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report the event B1 for E-UTRA Cell 1?

–>

MeasurementReport

2

P

6

The SS changes E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for E-UTRA Cell 1.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on NR Cell 1 to report the event B1 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

3

F

8.2.3.2.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1 Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with conditions NR_MEAS and NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

MeasObjectIdNR-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ssbFrequency IE equals the ARFCN for NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

}

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdE-UTRA-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA for E-UTRA Cell 1

}

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigInterRAT

ReportConfigInterRAT-EventB1

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-3

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig with condition INTER-RAT

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

}

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-3: ReportConfigInterRAT-EventB1 (Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-141 with condition EVENT_B1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventB1 SEQUENCE {

b1-ThresholdEUTRA SEQUENCE {

rsrq

23

Actual value = -8dB

}

}

}

reportAmount

r1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-4: QuantityConfig with condition INTER-RAT (Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-127 with condition INTER-RAT

Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 5, Table 8.2.3.2.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListEUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA {

1 entry

Report E-UTRA neighbour cell

MeasResultEUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

eutra-PhysCellId

Physical layer cell identity of E-UTRA Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

(0..34)

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.3 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Periodic reporting / Measurement of NR cells

8.2.3.3.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Periodic reporting / Measurement of NR cells / EN-DC

8.2.3.3.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell }

ensure that {

when { The UE receives reference signal power for cells on the NR frequencies where measurements are configured }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals for these NR cells }

}

(2)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and a MeasurementReport message for a configured periodic measurement reporting of NR cells on a configured frequency were sent }

ensure that {

when { A previously reported cell become unavailable and the UE receives reference signal power on a reported NR frequency for a cell which was previously not reported }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals for the available NR cells }

}

(3)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state and periodic measurement reporting of NR cells ongoing }

ensure that {

when { The UE receives a RRCConnectionReconfiguration message removing the measId of periodic reporting of NR cells }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message for NR cells }

}

8.2.3.3.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.5.1, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.7 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.1]

The UE reports measurement information in accordance with the measurement configuration as provided by E-UTRAN. E-UTRAN provides the measurement configuration applicable for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED by means of dedicated signalling, i.e. using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration or RRCConnectionResume message.

The UE can be requested to perform the following types of measurements:

– Intra-frequency measurements: measurements at the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-frequency measurements: measurements at frequencies that differ from any of the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-RAT measurements of NR frequencies.

The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:

1. Measurement objects: The objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.

– For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of cell specific offsets, a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells and a list of ‘whitelisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– For inter-RAT NR measurements a measurement object is a single NR carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

NOTE 1: Some measurements using the above mentioned measurement objects, only concern a single cell, e.g. measurements used to report neighbouring cell system information, PCell UE Rx-Tx time difference, or a pair of cells, e.g. SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell.

2. Reporting configurations: A list of reporting configurations where each reporting configuration consists of the following:

– Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.

– Reporting format: The quantities that the UE includes in the measurement report and associated information (e.g. number of cells to report).

3. Measurement identities: A list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is used as a reference number in the measurement report.

4. Quantity configurations: One quantity configuration is configured per RAT type. The quantity configuration defines the measurement quantities and associated filtering used for all event evaluation and related reporting of that measurement type. One filter can be configured per measurement quantity, except for NR where the network may configure up to 2 sets of quantity configurations each comprising per measurement quantity separate filters for cell and RS index measurement results. The quantity configuration set that applies for a given measurement is indicated within the NR measurement object.

5. Measurement gaps: Periods that the UE may use to perform measurements, i.e. no (UL, DL) transmissions are scheduled.

E-UTRAN only configures a single measurement object for a given frequency (except for WLAN and except for CBR measurements), i.e. it is not possible to configure two or more measurement objects for the same frequency with different associated parameters, e.g. different offsets and/ or blacklists. E-UTRAN may configure multiple instances of the same event e.g. by configuring two reporting configurations with different thresholds.

The UE maintains a single measurement object list, a single reporting configuration list, and a single measurement identities list. The measurement object list includes measurement objects, that are specified per RAT type, possibly including intra-frequency object(s) (i.e. the object(s) corresponding to the serving frequency(ies)), inter-frequency object(s) and inter-RAT objects. Similarly, the reporting configuration list includes E-UTRA and inter-RAT reporting configurations. Any measurement object can be linked to any reporting configuration of the same RAT type. Some reporting configurations may not be linked to a measurement object. Likewise, some measurement objects may not be linked to a reporting configuration.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR:

6> consider any neighbouring NR cell on the associated frequency that is included in cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest neighbouring NR cells detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

4> else:

5> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> else if the purpose is included and set to reportStrongestCells, reportStrongestCellsForSON, reportLocation or sidelink and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> if the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells and reportStrongestCSI-RSs is not included:

4> if the triggerType is set to periodical and the corresponding reportConfig includes the ul-DelayConfig:

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after a first measurement result is provided by lower layers;

4> else if the reportAmount exceeds 1:

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell;

4> else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells, or becomes available for the pair of PCell and the PSCell in case of SSTD measurements, or becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [X, 8.17.2.3] in case of SFTD measurements;

3> else:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, when it has determined the strongest cells on the associated frequency;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the T321 for this measId:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 2: The UE does not stop the periodical reporting with triggerType set to event or to periodical while the corresponding measurement is not performed due to the PCell RSRP being equal to or better than s-Measure or due to the measurement gap not being setup.

NOTE 3: If the UE is configured with DRX, the UE may delay the measurement reporting for event triggered and periodical triggered measurements until the Active Time, which is defined in TS 36.321 [6].

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;

1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in [16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

2> for each E-UTRA serving frequency for which measObjectId is referenced in the measIdList, other than the frequency corresponding with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting:

3> set the measResultServFreqList to include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

3> if the triggerType is set to event:

4> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;…3> else:

4> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

NOTE 1: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].

3> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

3> if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON:

4> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

6> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing triggerQuantity, i.e. the best cell is included first;

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

6> set the measResultCell to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCellNR within the concerned reportConfig in order of decreasing quantity according to bN-ThresholdYNR, i.e. the best cell is included first;

6> if maxReportRS-Index and reportQuantityRS-IndexNR are configured, set measResultCellRS-Index to include results of the best beam and the beams whose quantity is above threshRS-Index defined in the VarMeasConfig for the corresponding measObject, up to maxReportRS-Index beams in total, and in order of decreasing quantity, same as used for cell reporting, and as follows:

7> order beams based on the reporting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.2;

7> include ssbIndex;

7> if reportQuantityRS-IndexNR and reportRS-IndexResultsNR are configured, for each quantity indicated, include the corresponding measurement result;

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT includes the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD:

6> set the measResult to include the quantities indicated by the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD in order of decreasing measQuantityUTRA-FDD within the quantityConfig, i.e. the best cell is included first;

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT does not include the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD; or

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA TDD, GERAN or CDMA2000:

6> set the measResult to the quantity as configured for the concerned RAT within the quantityConfig in order of either decreasing quantity for UTRA and GERAN or increasing quantity for CDMA2000 pilotStrength, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> for the cells included according to the previous (i.e. covering the PCell, the SCells, the best non-serving cells on serving frequencies as well as neighbouring EUTRA cells) include results according to the extended RSRQ if corresponding results are available according to the associated performance requirements defined in 36.133 [16];

1> if there is at least one applicable CSI-RS resource to report:

2> set the measResultCSI-RS-List to include the best CSI-RS resources up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

3> if the triggerType is set to event:

4> include the CSI-RS resources included in the csi-RS-TriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> else:

4> include the applicable CSI-RS resources for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

NOTE 2: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest CSI-RS resources on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the triggerType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

8.2.3.3.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.3.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1, NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (E-UTRA/EPC) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.

8.2.3.3.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1", "T2" and "T3" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that camping on E-UTRA Cell 1 is guarantee.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

Off

Off

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that NR Cell 1 is satisfied for periodic reporting.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

Off

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that NR Cell 2 is satisfied for periodic reporting and NR Cell 1 become unavailable.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

Off

-91

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 are satisfied for periodic reporting.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-91

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that camping on E-UTRA Cell 1 is guarantee.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

Off

Off

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that NR Cell 1 is satisfied for periodic reporting.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Off

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that NR Cell 2 is satisfied for periodic reporting and NR Cell 1 become unavailable.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

Off

-82

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 are satisfied for periodic reporting.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

-82

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to setup inter RAT measurements and reporting for NR Cell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of inter RAT measurements for NR Cell.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

The SS changes NR Cell y parameters according to the row "T1".

4

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 57s if NR Cell 1 is on FR2 frequency else wait for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for NR Cell 1.

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to perform periodical reporting for NR Cell 1?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

P

6

The SS changes NR Cell y parameters according to the row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 57s if NR Cell 1 is on FR2 frequency else wait for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for NR Cell 2.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to perform periodical reporting for NR Cell 2?

–>

MeasurementReport

2

P

9

The SS changes NR Cell y parameters according to the row "T3".

10

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 57s if NR Cell 1 is on FR2 frequency else wait for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2.

11

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to remove inter RAT measurements and reporting for NR Cell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

12

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the remove of inter RAT measurements for NR Cell.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

13

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to perform periodical reporting for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

3

F

8.2.3.3.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-NRf1

measObject

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1)

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-NR

reportConfig

ReportConfigInterRAT-PERIODICAL-NR

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-NRf1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-NR

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-3: QuantityConfig-DEFAULT (Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-3A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigNRList-r15 SEQUENCE ((SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15 {

1 entry

QuantityConfigNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

filterCoeff-RSRP-r15

fc0

filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15

fc0

filterCoefficient-SINR-r13

fc0

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1) (Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-2B

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(Freq) ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r15

Downlink carrier frequency of NR cell 1

}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-5: ReportConfigInterRAT-PERIODICAL-NR (Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigInterRAT ReportConfigInterRAT-PERIODICAL-NR ::= SEQUENCE {

maxReportCells

2

reportAmount

Infinity

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

ss-rsrp

true

ss-rsrq

true

ss-sinr

true

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

false

}

}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-6: MeasurementReport (step 5, Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15 {

1 entry

MeasResultCellNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

pci-r15

PhysicalCellIdentity of NR Cell 1

measResultCell-r15 SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult-r15

(0..127)

rsrqResult-r15

(0..127)

rs-sinr-Result-r15

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (step 8, Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15 {

1 entry

MeasResultCellNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

pci-r15

PhysicalCellIdentity of NR Cell 2

measResultCell-r15 SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult-r15

(0..127)

rsrqResult-r15

(0..127)

rs-sinr-Result-r15

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-8: MeasConfig (step 11, Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measIdToRemoveList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

entry 1

}

}

Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-9: MeasGapConfig (Table 8.2.3.3.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508, clause 6.5.1-2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasGapConfig-GP2 ::= CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp1

19

TGRP = 80 ms

}

}

}

8.2.3.4 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A1 / Measurement of NR PSCell

8.2.3.4.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A1 / Measurement of NR PSCell / EN-DC

8.2.3.4.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurement configured for event A1 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold plus hysteresis }

then {UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A1 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A1 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold minus hysteresis }

then {UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurements are re-configured for event A1 with event based reporting to report on leaving condition }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold minus hysteresis }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message when leaving condition for event A1 is satisfied }

}

8.2.3.4.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331:5.3.5.3; TS 38.331:5.3.5.3, 5.5.2, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.2 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.

1> set the content of RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the masterCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent, or;

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent:

3> include the uplinkTxDirectCurrentList;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

3> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an SCG:

4> initiate the random access procedure on the SpCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3];

3> else:

4> the procedure ends;

NOTE: The order the UE sends the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs the Random Access procedure towards the SCG is left to UE implementation.

2> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB3):

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

NOTE: For EN-DC, in the case of SRB1, the random access is triggered by RRC layer itself as there is not necessarily other UL transmission. In the case of SRB3, the random access is triggered by the MAC layer due to arrival of RRCReconfigurationComplete.

1 > else:

2> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.3]

The network applies the procedure as follows:

– configure a measId only if the corresponding measurement object, the corresponding reporting configuration and the corresponding quantity configuration, are configured;

The UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the received measIdToAddModList:

2> if an entry with the matching measId exists in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig:

3> replace the entry with the value received for this measId;

2> else:

3> add a new entry for this measId within the VarMeasConfig;

2> remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;

2> stop the periodical reporting timer and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfigincludes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical;

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR;

4> if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.2]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> for this measurement, consider the NR serving cell corresponding to the associated measObjectNR associated with this event.

Inequality A1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Hys is expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR for each configured serving cell derived based on the rsType indicated in the associated reportConfig;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured, if any, the servFreqId;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId.

1> else:

2> if the reportType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig.

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2>else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2>submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.4.1.3 Test description

System Simulator:

– EUTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.

8.2.3.4.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cell 1 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while row marked "T1" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power level is such that exit condition for event A1 is satisfied Ms < Thresh – Hys

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power level is such that entry condition for event A1 is satisfied Ms – Hys > Thresh

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power level is such that Ms < Thresh – Hys

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power level is such that entry condition for event A1 is satisfied Ms – Hys > Thresh

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including nr Config to setup intra NR measurement for NR Cell 1 and reporting for event A1

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message to report event A1 with the measured [Results] for NR Cell 1?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 5 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message, with the measured [Results] value for NR Cell 1?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T0".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels for NR Cell 1 and UE measurement.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message, with the measured [Results] value for NR Cell 1 within the next 10s?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

2

F

9

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including nr Config to setup intra NR measurement for NR Cell 1 and reporting for event A1 on leaving condition.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

10

The UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

11

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1" in table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-1.

12

The UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message to report event A1 for NR Cell 1.

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

13

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T0" in table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-1.

14

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message, with the measured [Results] value for NR Cell 1?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

3

P

8.2.3.4.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, 9, Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table [4.6.1-13] with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1[4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

MeasObjectId

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(72)

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

ReportConfigId

reportConfig

ReportConfig1-A1

FR1

ReportConfig2-A1

FR2

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId[1]

MeasId

measObjectId[1]

MeasObjectId

reportConfigId[1]

ReportConfigId

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(72) (Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(Freq) ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink carrier frequency of NR cell 1

}

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-5: ReportConfig1-A1 (Step 1, Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA1 SEQUENCE {

a1-Threshold CHOICE {

rsrp

72

}

hysteresis

6

3dB

}

reportAmount

Infinity

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-6: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (step 2, 10 Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (steps 4, 5, 12, 14, Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-8: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.6.3-79 with condition A1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults::= SEQUENCE {

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

Cell index corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-9: ReportConfig1-A1 (Step 9, Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA1 SEQUENCE {

a1-Threshold CHOICE {

rsrp

72

}

reportOnLeave

True

hysteresis

6

3dB

}

reportAmount

1

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-10: ReportConfig2-A1 (Step 1,Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA1 SEQUENCE {

a1-Threshold CHOICE {

rsrp

69+delta(NRfs))

}

hysteresis

6

3dB

}

reportAmount

Infinity

}

}

}

}

NOTE 1: delta(NRfs) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3

Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-11: ReportConfig2-A1 (Step 9, Table 8.2.3.4.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA1 SEQUENCE {

a1-Threshold CHOICE {

rsrp

69+delta(NRfs))

}

reportOnLeave

True

hysteresis

6

3dB

}

reportAmount

1

}

}

}

}

NOTE 1: delta(NRfs) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3

8.2.3.4.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A1 / Measurement of E-UTRA PSCell / NE-DC

8.2.3.4.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurement configured for event A1 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold plus hysteresis }

then {UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A1 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A1 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold minus hysteresis }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.4.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 38.331:5.3.5.3, 5.5.5.1, 5.7.2a.3; TS 36.331:5.3.5.3, 5.5.2.3, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.2 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to setup:

3> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig includes mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd:

4> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to nr-SCG:

4> perform the RRC reconfiguration according to 5.3.5.3 for the RRCReconfiguration message included in nr-SCG;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to eutra-SCG:

4> perform the RRC connection reconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10], clause 5.3.5.3 for the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included in eutra-SCG;

2> else (mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to release):

3> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

1> set the content of the RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig with mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup set to eutra-SCG:

3> include in the eutra-SCG-Response the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message in accordance with TS 36.331 [10] clause 5.3.5.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.7.2a.3]

The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransferMRDC message as follows:

1> if there is a need to transfer MR-DC dedicated information related to NR:

2> set the ul-DCCH-MessageNR to include the NR MR-DC dedicated information to be transferred (e.g., NR RRC MeasurementReport and FailureInformation message);

1> else if there is a need to transfer MR-DC dedicated information related to E-UTRA:

2> set the ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA to include the E-UTRA MR-DC dedicated information to be transferred (e.g., E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport);

1> submit the ULInformationTransferMRDC message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellGroupToAddModList:

2> perform SCell group addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3e;

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or

1> if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs configured with pdcp-Config and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:

2> perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with NE-DC:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message was included in an NR RRCResume message:

3> transfer the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message RRCResumeComplete as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.13.4;

2> else:

3> transfer the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message RRCReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> else:

2> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.3]

E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:

– configure a measId only if the corresponding measurement object, the corresponding reporting configuration and the corresponding quantity configuration, are configured;

The UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the received measIdToAddModList:

2> if an entry with the matching measId exists in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig:

3> replace the entry with the value received for this measId;

2> else:

3> add a new entry for this measId within the VarMeasConfig;

2> remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;

2> stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the PCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if a6-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE or if a4-a5-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CSI-RS resources for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (i.e. a first CSI-RS resource triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.2]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A1-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;

Inequality A1-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A1-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a1-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Hys is expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

  1. set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;

1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the triggerType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is configured with NE-DC:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 38.331 [82].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

8.2.3.4.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.4.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and EUTRA Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state 3N-A as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4], subclause 4.4A on NR Cell 1.

8.2.3.4.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for E-UTRA Cell 1 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while row marked "T1" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-93

Power level is such that exit condition for event A1 is satisfied Ms < Thresh – Hys

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-75

Power level is such that entry condition for event A1 is satisfied Ms > Thresh + Hys

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message containing RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup measurement for E-UTRA Cell 1 and reporting for event A1

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

(RRCConnectionReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

(RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete)

3

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1" in Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-1.

4

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message to report event A1 with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 1?

–>

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 5 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message, with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 1

–>

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T0" in Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-1.

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15s to allow change of power levels for E-UTRA Cell 1 and UE measurement.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message, with the measured value for NR Cell 1 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

2

F

8.2.3.4.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-2: SCG-Configuration-r12-NE-DC (step 1, Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.3-19G

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

scg-Configuration-r12 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12 SEQUENCE {

measConfigSN-r15

MeasConfig-A1-E-UTRA

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A1-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-2)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod{

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-A1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigEUTRA

ReportConfig-A1

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-f1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-A1

}

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-4: ReportConfig-A1 (Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-3)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-4 ReportConfigEUTRA-A1(-84)

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

event SEQUENCE {

hysteresis

6

3dB

}

}

reportAmount

infinity

}

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-5: RRCReconfigurationComplete (step 2, Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-14 Condition with NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-6: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 4 and 5, Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-34

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-7

}

Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (step 4 and 5, Table 8.2.3.4.2.3.2-2)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

Report E-UTRA Cell 1

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells

Not present

}

nonCriticalExtension

Not checked

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.5 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A2 / Measurement of NR PSCell

8.2.3.5.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A2 / Measurement of NR PSCell / EN-DC

8.2.3.5.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for event A2 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold minus hysteresis }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A2 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A2 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold plus hysteresis }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.5.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3, TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.4.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

1> else:

2> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:

3> perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;

NOTE 3: If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the establishment of radio bearers other than SRB1, the UE may start using these radio bearers immediately, i.e. there is no need to wait for an outstanding acknowledgment of the SecurityModeComplete message.

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellToAddModList:

2> perform SCell addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3b;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

3> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an SCG:

4> initiate the random access procedure on the SpCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3];

3> else:

4> the procedure ends;

NOTE: The order the UE sends the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs the Random Access procedure towards the SCG is left to UE implementation.

2> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB3):

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

NOTE: For EN-DC, in the case of SRB1, the random access is triggered by RRC layer itself as there is not necessarily other UL transmission. In the case of SRB3, the random access is triggered by the MAC layer due to arrival of RRCReconfigurationComplete.

1 > else:

2> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

….

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.3]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectNR to be the serving cell;

Inequality A2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a2-Threshold as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Hys is expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.

8.2.3.5.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.5.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– EUTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and DC Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1, clause 4.5.4 [4].

8.2.3.5.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cell 1 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

EUTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

Power level is such that Ms > Thresh + Hys

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-95

Power level is such that entry condition for event A2 is satisfied Ms + Hys < Thresh

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

Power level is such that exit condition for event A2 is satisfied Ms > Thresh + Hys

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

EUTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Power level is such that Ms > Thresh + Hys

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

Power level is such that entry condition for event A2 is satisfied Ms + Hys < Thresh

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Power level is such that exit condition for event A2 is satisfied Ms > Thresh + Hys

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including measConfig to setup intra NR measurement for PSCell and reporting for event A2

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE transmit ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A2 with the measured results for NR Cell 1?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 5 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A2 with the measured results for NR Cell 1?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels for NR Cell 1 and UE measurement.

8

Check: Does the UE attempt to transmit an uplink message within the next 10s?

2

F

8.2.3.5.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1[4]. Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

Downlink ARFCN of NR Cell2(68)

ssbFrequency IE equals to ARFCN of NR Cell1

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig

ReportConfigNR1-A2

FR1

ReportConfigNR2-A2

FR2

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

1

reportConfigId[1]

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-4: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (step 2, Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (steps 4, 5, Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.2.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE {

1 entry

servCellId

Cell index corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-6: ReportConfigNR-A2(68) (Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

reportAmount

infinity

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-7: ReportConfigNR-A2(66 + ∆(NRf1)) (Table 8.2.3.5.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

reportAmount

infinity

}

}

}

}

NOTE 1: ∆(NRf1) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3

8.2.3.5.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A2 / Measurement of E-UTRA PSCell / NE-DC

8.2.3.5.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurement configured for event A2 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold minus hysteresis}

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A2 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A2 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold plus hysteresis }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.5.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 38.331:5.3.5.3, 5.5.5.1, 5.7.2a.3; TS 36.331:5.3.5.3, 5.5.2.3, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.3 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to setup:

3> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig includes mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd:

4> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to nr-SCG:

4> perform the RRC reconfiguration according to 5.3.5.3 for the RRCReconfiguration message included in nr-SCG;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to eutra-SCG:

4> perform the RRC connection reconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10], clause 5.3.5.3 for the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included in eutra-SCG;

2> else (mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to release):

3> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

1> set the content of the RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig with mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup set to eutra-SCG:

3> include in the eutra-SCG-Response the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message in accordance with TS 36.331 [10] clause 5.3.5.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.7.2a.3]

The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransferMRDC message as follows:

1> if there is a need to transfer MR-DC dedicated information related to NR:

2> set the ul-DCCH-MessageNR to include the NR MR-DC dedicated information to be transferred (e.g., NR RRC MeasurementReport and FailureInformation message);

1> else if there is a need to transfer MR-DC dedicated information related to E-UTRA:

2> set the ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA to include the E-UTRA MR-DC dedicated information to be transferred (e.g., E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport);

1> submit the ULInformationTransferMRDC message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellGroupToAddModList:

2> perform SCell group addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3e;

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or

1> if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs configured with pdcp-Config and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:

2> perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with NE-DC:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message was included in an NR RRCResume message:

3> transfer the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message RRCResumeComplete as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.13.4;

2> else:

3> transfer the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message RRCReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> else:

2> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.3]

E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:

– configure a measId only if the corresponding measurement object, the corresponding reporting configuration and the corresponding quantity configuration, are configured;

The UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the received measIdToAddModList:

2> if an entry with the matching measId exists in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig:

3> replace the entry with the value received for this measId;

2> else:

3> add a new entry for this measId within the VarMeasConfig;

2> remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;

2> stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the PCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration or if a6-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE or if a4-a5-ReportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if the triggerType is set to event and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable CSI-RS resources for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (i.e. a first CSI-RS resource triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned CSI-RS resource(s) in the csi-RS-TriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.3]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> for this measurement, consider the primary or secondary cell that is configured on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectEUTRA to be the serving cell;

Inequality A2-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A2-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a2-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Hys is expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

  1. set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;

1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the triggerType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is configured with NE-DC:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 38.331 [82].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

8.2.3.5.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.5.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and EUTRA Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state 3N-A as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4], subclause 4.4A on NR Cell 1.

8.2.3.5.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for E-UTRA Cell 1 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while row marked "T1" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-70

Power level is such that Ms > Thresh + Hys

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power level is such that entry condition for event A2 is satisfied Ms < Thresh – Hys

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-70

Power level is such that exit condition for event A2 is satisfied Ms > Thresh + Hys

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message containing RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup measurement for E-UTRA Cell 1 and reporting for event A2

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

(RRCConnectionReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

(RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete)

3

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1" in Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-1.

4

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message to report event A2 with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 1?

–>

NR RRC:

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 5 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message, with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 1

–>

NR RRC:

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2" in Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-1.

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15s to allow change of power levels for E-UTRA Cell 1 and UE measurement.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message, with the measured value for NR Cell 1 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC:

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

2

F

8.2.3.5.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-2: SCG-Configuration-r12-NE-DC (step 1, Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.3-19G

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

scg-Configuration-r12 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12 SEQUENCE {

measConfigSN-r15

MeasConfig-A2-E-UTRA

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A2-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-2)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod{

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-A2

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigEUTRA

ReportConfig-A2

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-f1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-A2

}

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

 

 

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-4: ReportConfig-A2 (Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-3)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-5 ReportConfigEUTRA-A2(-83)

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

event SEQUENCE {

hysteresis

6

3 dB

}

}

reportAmount

infinity

}

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-5: RRCReconfigurationComplete (step 2, Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-14 Condition with NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-6: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 4 and 5, Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-34

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-7

}

Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (step 4 and 5, Table 8.2.3.5.2.3.2-2)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

Report E-UTRA Cell 1

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells

Not present

}

nonCriticalExtension

Not checked

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.6 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A3 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cells

8.2.3.6.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A3 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cells / Intra-frequency measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.6.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Entry condition for event A3 is not met for neighbour NR cell }

then { UE does not send MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes offset better than serving NR PSCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 }

}

8.2.3.6.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3, TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.2, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.4 and 5.5.5. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup:

2> perform the cell group configuration for the SCG according to 5.3.5.5;

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> construct RRCReconfigurationComplete message and submit it via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2]

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfigincludes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical;

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR;

4> if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> else:

5> for events involving a serving cell associated with a measObjectNRand neighbours associated with another measObjectNR, consider any serving cell associated with the other measObjectNR to be a neighbouring cell as well;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.4]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> use the SpCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp.

NOTE The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectNR which may be different from the frequency used by the NR SpCell.

Inequality A3-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A3-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Mp is the measurement result of the SpCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofp is the measurement object specific offset of the frequency of the SpCell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the frequency of the SpCell).

Ocp is the cell specific offset of the SpCell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the frequency of the SpCell), and is set to zero if not configured for the SpCell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined withinreportConfigNR for this event).

Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a3-Offset as defined withinreportConfigNR for this event).

Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Ofp, Ocp, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5]

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO:

2> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes rsType:

3> if the serving cell measurements based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report;

1> set the servCellId within measResultServingMOList to include each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> else:

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

7> else if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to csi-rs:

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2>else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2>submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.6.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.6.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– EUTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PS Cell.

– NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED in EN-DC mode and DC Bearers (MCG and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4].

8.2.3.6.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

EUTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is not satisfied for any of the neighbour NR cells:

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

-91

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR cell (measId 1):

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

-79

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

EUTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is not satisfied for any of the neighbour NR cells:

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-100

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR cell (measId 1):

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-82

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration to setup measurements for neighbour NR Cells and reporting for event A3

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

2

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message within the next 10s to report event A3?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

F

4

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A3 (measId 1) with the measured value for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

2

P

8.2.3.6.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A3 (Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

MeasObjectNRAddMod

ReportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

ReportConfigId

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(2)

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’

a3-Offset value set to 1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

EVENT_A3

}

}

}

MeasIdToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNRAddMod (Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR(59)

ssbFrequency IE equals the ARFCN for NR Cell 2

Thresh value set to -97dBm

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-5: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (step 2, Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] , Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-6: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 5, Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-7

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) {

Report NR Cell 1

servCellId

Cell index corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Phy cell id corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 2

measResultListNR SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Phy cell id corresponding to NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.6.1a Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A3 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Inter-frequency measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.6.1a.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Entry condition for event A3 is not met for neighbour NR cell }

then { UE does not send MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes offset better than serving NR PSCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 }

}

8.2.3.6.1a.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following difference:

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:

2> if EN-DC is configured:

3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:

4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;

3> else:

4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;

Test description

8.2.3.6.1a.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.1a.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.1a.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-0: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-0a

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-0a: measConfig (Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-0)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

False

mgta-r15

False

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A3 (Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-2

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(2)

Same as TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’

a3-Offset Thresh value set to 1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

EVENT_A3 AND FR1

ReportConfigNR(2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1))

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’

a3-Offset value set to (2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1)).

(Note 1)

EVENT_A3 AND FR2

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Note 1: Delta(NRf2) and Delta(NRf1) are derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3.

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-2: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.6.1a.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 3

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

8.2.3.6.1b Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A3 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Inter-band measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.6.1b.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-band measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Entry condition for event A3 is not met for neighbour NR cell }

then { UE does not send MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-band measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes offset better than serving NR PSCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 }

}

8.2.3.6.1b.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following difference:

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:

2> if EN-DC is configured:

3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:

4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;

3> else:

4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;

8.2.3.6.1b.3 Test description

8.2.3.6.1b.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.1b.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.1b.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-0: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-0a

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-0a: measConfig (Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-0)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

False

mgta-r15

False

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A3 (Table 8.2.3.6.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-2

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(2)

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’

a3-Offset Thresh value set to 1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

EVENT_A3

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-2: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.6.1b.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 10

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

8.2.3.6.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A3 / Measurement of Neighbour E-UTRA and NR cells / Intra-frequency measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.6.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and intra-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Entry condition for event A3 is not met for neighbour E-UTRA cell }

then { UE does not send MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and intra-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes offset better than serving E-UTRA PSCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and intra-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes offset better than serving NR PCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 and includes measurement result for the PSCell }

}

8.2.3.6.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: 38.331:5.3.5.3, 5.5.5.1, 5.7.2a.3; TS 36.331:5.3.5.3, 5.5.2.3, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.4, 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration, or upon execution of the conditional reconfiguration (CHO or CPC):

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to setup:

3> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig includes mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd:

4> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to nr-SCG:

4> perform the RRC reconfiguration according to 5.3.5.3 for the RRCReconfiguration message included in nr-SCG;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to eutra-SCG:

4> perform the RRC connection reconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10], clause 5.3.5.3 for the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included in eutra-SCG;

2> else (mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to release):

3> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

1> set the content of the RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig with mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup set to eutra-SCG:

3> include in the eutra-SCG-Response the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message in accordance with TS 36.331 [10] clause 5.3.5.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to eventTriggered and eventID is set to eventA3, or eventA4, or eventA5, or eventB1, or eventB2:

2> if the UE is in NE-DC and the measurement configuration that triggered this measurement report is associated with the MCG:

3> set the measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG to include an entry for each E-UTRA SCG serving frequency with the following:

4> include carrierFreq of the E-UTRA serving frequency;

4> set the measResultServingCell to include the available measurement quantities that the UE is configured to measure by the measurement configuration associated with the SCG;

4> if reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

5> set the measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG to include within measResultBestNeighCell the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> else:

5> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

8> if reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

7> else if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to csi-rs:

8> set resultsCSI-RS-Cell within the measResult to include the CSI-RS based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

8> if reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

7> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfigInterRAT in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns UTRA-FDD and if ReportConfigInterRAT includes the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD:

7> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityUTRA-FDD within the concerned reportConfigInterRAT in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

2> else:

[TS 38.331, clause 5.7.2a.3]

The UE shall set the contents of the ULInformationTransferMRDC message as follows:

1> if there is a need to transfer MR-DC dedicated information related to NR:

2> set the ul-DCCH-MessageNR to include the NR MR-DC dedicated information to be transferred (e.g., NR RRC MeasurementReport, UEAssistanceInformation, FailureInformation, RRCReconfigurationComplete or MCGFailureInformation message);

1> else if there is a need to transfer MR-DC dedicated information related to E-UTRA:

2> set the to include the E-UTRA MR-DC dedicated information to be transferred (e.g., E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport, or MCGFailureInformation message);

1> submit the ULInformationTransferMRDC message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sCellGroupToAddModList:

2> perform SCell group addition or modification as specified in 5.3.10.3e;

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the scg-Configuration; or

1> if the current UE configuration includes one or more split DRBs configured with pdcp-Config and the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes radioResourceConfigDedicated including drb-ToAddModList:

2> perform SCG reconfiguration as specified in 5.3.10.10;

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with NE-DC:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message was included in an NR RRCResume message:

3> transfer the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message RRCResumeComplete as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.13.4;

2> else:

3> transfer the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message RRCReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> else:

2> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.3]

E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:

– configure a measId only if the corresponding measurement object, the corresponding reporting configuration and the corresponding quantity configuration, are configured;

The UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the received measIdToAddModList:

2> if an entry with the matching measId exists in the measIdList within the VarMeasConfig:

3> replace the entry with the value received for this measId;

2> else:

3> add a new entry for this measId within the VarMeasConfig;

2> remove the measurement reporting entry for this measId from the VarMeasReportList, if included;

2> stop the periodical reporting timer or timer T321, whichever one is running, and reset the associated information (e.g. timeToTrigger) for this measId;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the PCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSSTD-Meas is set to true in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> else if eventC1 or eventC2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig; or if reportStrongestCSI-RSs is set to true in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider a CSI-RS resource on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned CSI-RS resource is included in the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

4> else if measRSSI-ReportConfig is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider the resource indicated by the rmtc-Config on the associated frequency to be applicable;

4> else:

5> if useWhiteCellList is set to TRUE:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the whiteCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

5> else:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

5> for events involving a serving cell on one frequency and neighbours on another frequency, consider the serving cell on the other frequency as a neighbouring cell;

4> if the corresponding reportConfig includes alternativeTimeToTrigger and if the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger:

5> use the value of alternativeTimeToTrigger as the time to trigger instead of the value of timeToTrigger in the corresponding reportConfig for cells included in the altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the corresponding measObject;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.4]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:

2> use the PSCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;

1> else:

2> use the PCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp;

NOTE The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.

Inequality A3-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A3-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofp is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell).

Ocp is the cell specific offset of the PCell/ PSCell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the PCell/ PSCell), and is set to zero if not configured for the PCell/ PSCell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a3-Offset as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Ofp, Ocp, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> if the measurement configuration that triggered the measurement reporting procedure was configured by an sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA that was received within an NR RRCReconfiguration message:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message ULInformationTransferIRAT as specified in TS 38.331 [82].

1> else if the UE is configured with NE-DC:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB1 embedded in NR RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 38.331 [82].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

8.2.3.6.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.6.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and EUTRA Cell 1 is the PS Cell.

– NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour NR cell.

– EUTRA Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour EUTRA cell.

– System information combination NR-6 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR cells.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state 3N-A as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4], subclause 4.4A on NR Cell 1.

8.2.3.6.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-2 illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cells and EUTRA Cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while row marked "T1" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is not satisfied for any of the neighbour E-UTRA cells:
Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

-91

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-79

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA cell (measId 1):

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

-91

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR cell (measId 2):

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

-79

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is not satisfied for any of the neighbour E-UTRA cells:
Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA cell (measId 1):

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR cell (measId 2):

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message containing RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup measurements for neighbour E-UTRA Cells and reporting for event A3

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

(RRCConnectionReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

(RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete)

3

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message within the next 10s to report event A3?

–>

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

F

4

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message to report event A3 (measId 1) with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 2?

–>

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

2

P

6

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T0".

7

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup NR measurement and reporting for intra-frequency event A3 (measId 2) and reportAddNeighMeas.

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

8

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

9

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

10

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 (measId 2) with the measured RSRP value for NR Cell 2, E-UTRA PSCell and E-UTRA neighbour Cell 2.

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

3

P

8.2.3.6.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-2: SCG-Configuration-r12-NE-DC (step 1, Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: 36.508, Clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-19G

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

scg-Configuration-r12 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12 SEQUENCE {

measConfigSN-r15

MeasConfig-A3-E-UTRA

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A3-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measObjectId[1]

1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

1

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfig-A3-H

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

1

reportConfigId[1]

1

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-4: ReportConfig-A3-H (step 1, Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-6 ReportConfigEUTRA-A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigEUTRA-A3 ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

event SEQUENCE {

timeToTrigger

ms0

}

}

reportQuantity

sameAsTriggerQuantity

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-5: RRCReconfigurationComplete (step 2, step 8, Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-14 Condition with NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-6: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 5, Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-34

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-7

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-6)

Derivation path: 36.508 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell::= SEQUENCE {

Report E-UTRA Cell 1

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListEUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

Report E-UTRA Cell 2

physCellId

physCellId of the E-UTRA Cell 2.

measResult SEQUENCE{

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

Not present

}

}

measResultListUTRA

Not present

measResultListGERAN

Not present

measResultsCDMA2000

Not present

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-8: RRCReconfiguration (step 7, Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-9: MeasConfig-A3 (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-8)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-EventA3

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-10: MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 2

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-11: ReportConfigNR-EventA3 (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

FR1

FFS

FR2

}

}

}

reportAmount

1

reportQuantityCell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

false

sinr

false

}

reportAddNeighMeas

setup

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-12: MeasurementReport (step 10, Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

2

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PCI of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 2

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA {

1 entry

MeasResult2EUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq

ARFCN-Value for E-UTRA Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

measResultBestNeighCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.6.2a Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A3 / Measurement of Neighbor E-UTRA and NR cell / Inter-frequency measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.6.2a.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and inter-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Entry condition for event A3 is not met for neighbor E-UTRA cell }

then { UE does not send MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and inter-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes offset better than serving E-UTRA PSCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and inter-frequency measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes offset better than serving NR PCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 and includes measurement result for PScell }

}

8.2.3.6.2a.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2.2 with the following difference:

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if gapFR1 is set to setup:

2> if an FR1 measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the FR1 measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the FR1 measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> apply the specified timing advance mgta to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapFR1 is set to release:

2> release the FR1 measurement gap configuration;

1> if gapFR2 is set to setup:

2> if an FR2 measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the FR2 measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> apply the specified timing advance mgta to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapFR2 is set to release:

2> release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

1> if gapUE is set to setup:

2> if a per UE measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the per UE measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the per UE measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> apply the specified timing advance mgta to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapUE is set to release:

2> release the per UE measurement gap configuration.

NOTE 1: For gapFR2 configuration with synchronous CA, for the UE in NE-DC or NR-DC, the SFN and subframe of the serving cell indicated by the refServCellIndicator in gapFR2 is used in the gap calculation. Otherwise, the SFN and subframe of a serving cell on FR2 frequency is used in the gap calculation

NOTE 2: For gapFR1 or gapUE configuration, for the UE in NE-DC or NR-DC, the SFN and subframe of the serving cell indicated by the refServCellIndicator in corresponding gapFR1 or gapUE is used in the gap calculation. Otherwise, the SFN and subframe of the PCell is used in the gap calculation.

NOTE 3: For gapFR2 configuration with asynchronous CA, for the UE in NE-DC or NR-DC, the SFN and subframe of the serving cell indicated by the refServCellIndicator and refFR2ServCellAsyncCA in gapFR2 is used in the gap calculation. Otherwise, the SFN and subframe of a serving cell on FR2 frequency indicated by the refFR2ServCellAsyncCA in gapFR2 is used in the gap calculation

8.2.3.6.2a.3 Test description

8.2.3.6.2a.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 3 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.2a.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 3 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.2a.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 3 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A3-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-3)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

2

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f2)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

1

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfig-A3-H

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

2

reportConfigId[1]

1

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig-GP1

INTER-FREQ

MeasGapConfig-CE

intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f2

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-2: MeasConfig-A3 (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(2)

Same as TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’ and reportAddNeighMeas is set to ‘setup’

a3-Offset Thresh value set to 1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

EVENT_A3 AND FR1

ReportConfigNR(2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1))

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’ and reportAddNeighMeas is set to ‘setup’

a3-Offset value set to (2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1)).

(Note 1)

EVENT_A3 AND FR2

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

}

Note 1: Delta(NRf2) and Delta(NRf1) are derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3.

Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 3

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

8.2.3.6.2b Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A3 / Measurement of Neighbor E-UTRA and NR cell / Inter-band measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.6.2b.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and inter-band measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Entry condition for event A3 is not met for neighbor E-UTRA cell }

then { UE does not send MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and inter-band measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes offset better than serving E-UTRA PSCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and inter-band measurements configured for event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes offset better than serving NR PCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport with correct measId for event A3 and includes measurement result for PScell }

}

8.2.3.6.2b.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2.2 with the following difference:

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if gapFR1 is set to setup:

2> if an FR1 measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the FR1 measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the FR1 measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> apply the specified timing advance mgta to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapFR1 is set to release:

2> release the FR1 measurement gap configuration;

1> if gapFR2 is set to setup:

2> if an FR2 measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the FR2 measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> apply the specified timing advance mgta to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapFR2 is set to release:

2> release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

1> if gapUE is set to setup:

2> if a per UE measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the per UE measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the per UE measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> apply the specified timing advance mgta to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapUE is set to release:

2> release the per UE measurement gap configuration.

NOTE 1: For gapFR2 configuration with synchronous CA, for the UE in NE-DC or NR-DC, the SFN and subframe of the serving cell indicated by the refServCellIndicator in gapFR2 is used in the gap calculation. Otherwise, the SFN and subframe of a serving cell on FR2 frequency is used in the gap calculation

NOTE 2: For gapFR1 or gapUE configuration, for the UE in NE-DC or NR-DC, the SFN and subframe of the serving cell indicated by the refServCellIndicator in corresponding gapFR1 or gapUE is used in the gap calculation. Otherwise, the SFN and subframe of the PCell is used in the gap calculation.

NOTE 3: For gapFR2 configuration with asynchronous CA, for the UE in NE-DC or NR-DC, the SFN and subframe of the serving cell indicated by the refServCellIndicator and refFR2ServCellAsyncCA in gapFR2 is used in the gap calculation. Otherwise, the SFN and subframe of a serving cell on FR2 frequency indicated by the refFR2ServCellAsyncCA in gapFR2 is used in the gap calculation

8.2.3.6.2b.3 Test description

8.2.3.6.2b.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.2b.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.6.2b.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.6.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.6.2b.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A3-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-3)

Derivation path: 36.508 clause 4.6.6 table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

measObjectId[1]

1

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject[1]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

measObjectId[2]

2

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f5)

measObject[2]

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

reportConfigId[1]

1

reportConfig[1]

ReportConfig-A3-H

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

measId[1]

1

measObjectId[1]

2

reportConfigId[1]

1

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig-GP1

INTER-FREQ

MeasGapConfig-CE

intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF SEQUENCE {

2 entries

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[2] SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f5

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2b.3.3-2: MeasConfig-A3 (Table 8.2.3.6.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(2)

Same as TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’ and reportAddNeighMeas is set to ‘setup’

a3-Offset Thresh value set to 1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

EVENT_A3 AND FR1

ReportConfigNR(2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1))

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘r1’ and reportAddNeighMeas is set to ‘setup’

a3-Offset value set to (2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1)).

(Note 1)

EVENT_A3 AND FR2

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

}

Note 1: Delta(NRf2) and Delta(NRf1) are derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3.

Table 8.2.3.6.2b.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.6.2b.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.6.2a.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 10

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

8.2.3.7 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A4 (intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-band measurements) / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell

8.2.3.7.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A4 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Intra-frequency measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.7.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurement configured for event A4 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A4 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.7.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3, and TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3, 5.5.2.1, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.5 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];

1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup:

2> perform the cell group configuration for the SCG according to 5.3.5.5;

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

The network applies the procedure as follows:

– to ensure that, whenever the UE has a measConfig, it includes a measObject for the SpCell and for each NR SCell to be measured;

– to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with the reportType set to reportCGI;

to ensure that, for all SSB based reporting configurations have at most one measurement object with the same ssbFrequency and ssbSubcarrierSpacing;

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfig:

2> perform the measurement gap configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.9;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfigincludes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical;

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR;

4> if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> else:

5> for events involving a serving cell associated with a measObjectNRand neighbours associated with another measObjectNR, consider any serving cell associated with the other measObjectNR to be a neighbouring cell as well;

5> if useWhiteCellList is set to TRUE:

5> else:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNRto be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if reportType is set to periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

4> if the reportAmount exceeds 1:

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell;

4> else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.5]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-2, as specified below, is fulfilled.

Inequality A4-1 (Entering condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh

Inequality A4-2 (Leaving condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the measurement object specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a4-Threshold as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Mn is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR for each configured serving cell derived based on the rsType indicated in the associated reportConfig;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the servCellId;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

3> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

4> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> else:

3> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

3> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

4> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

6> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

7> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in order of decreasing trigger quantity, i.e. the best cell is included first:

8> if reportQuantityRsIndexes and maxNrofRSIndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

6> else if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to csi-rs:

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the reportType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2>else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.7.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.7.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PSCell

– NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell of NR Cell 1.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and DC Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.

8.2.3.7.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for E-UTRA Cell 1, NR Cell 1and NR Cell 2 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is not satisfied

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

Off

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-79

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

The power level values are such that entry conditions for event A4 is not satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-91

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is not satisfied

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

Off

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-82

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

The power level values are such that entry conditions for event A4 is not satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-100

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to setup NR measurement and reporting of event A4.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

2

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE transmit ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A4 with the measured Results for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 5 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE

5

Check: Does the UE transmit ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A4 with the measured Results for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels for NR Cell 2 and UE measurement.

8

Check: Does the UE attempt to transmit an uplink message within the next 10s?

2

F

8.2.3.7.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

MeasObjectNR-A4

reportConfigToAddModList

ReportConfigNR1-A4

FR1

reportConfigToAddModList

ReportConfigNR2-A4

FR2

MeasIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId[1]

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ssbFrequency IE equals the ARFCN for NR Cell 2

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not Present

absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation

Not Present

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-5: ReportConfigNR1-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA4 SEQUENCE {

a4-Threshold CHOICE {

rsrp

71

SS RSRP corresponding to -85 dBm

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

reportInterval

ms1024

reportAmount

Infinity

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-6: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (step 2, Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-7: ULInformationTransferMRDC (steps 4, 5, Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-8

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-8: MeasurementReport (steps 4, 5, Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) {

Report NR Cell 1

servCellId

Cell index corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Phy cell id corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 2

measResultListNR SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Phy cell id corresponding to NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-9: ReportConfigNR2-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigToAddModList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA4 SEQUENCE {

a4-Threshold CHOICE {

rsrp

66 + delta(NRfs)

SS RSRP corresponding to -90dBm

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

reportInterval

ms1024

reportAmount

Infinity

}

}

NOTE 1: delta(NRfs) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3

8.2.3.7.1a Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A4 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Inter-frequency measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.7.1a.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-frequency measurements configured for event A4 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A4 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.7.1a.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following difference:

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:

2> if EN-DC is configured:

3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:

4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;

3> else:

4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;

8.2.3.7.1a.3 Test description

8.2.3.7.1a.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.7.1a.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.7.1a.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following differences:

Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-0: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-0a

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-0a: measConfig (Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-0)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

False

mgta-r15

False

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-2

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(71)

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘infinity’. ReportInterval value is set to ‘ms1024’

Thresh value set to -85dBM

EVENT_A4 and FR1

ReportConfigNR(66 + delta(NRfs))

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘infinity’. ReportInterval

Thresh value set to -91dBM

EVENT_A4 and FR2

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-2: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.7.1a.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 3

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

8.2.3.7.1b Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A4 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Inter-band measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.7.1b.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-band measurements configured for event A4 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A4 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.7.1b.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following difference:

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:

2> if EN-DC is configured:

3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:

4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;

3> else:

4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;

8.2.3.7.1b.3 Test description

8.2.3.7.1b.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.7.1b.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.7.1b.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-0: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-0a

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-0a: measConfig (Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-0)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

False

mgta-r15

False

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-2

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(71)

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for reportAmount set to ‘infinity’. ReportInterval value is set to ‘ms1024’

Thresh value set to -85dBM

EVENT_A4

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-2: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.7.1b.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 10

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

8.2.3.7.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A4 / Measurement of Neighbour E-UTRA and NR cells / Intra-frequency measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.7.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and intra-frequency measurements configured for event A4 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A4 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A4 including reportAddNeighMeas with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied, and includes measurement result for the PSCELL. }

}

8.2.3.7.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.5, 5.5.5.1 and 5.5.5.3, TS36.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.4.1 and 5.5.4.5. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If AS security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> for measurement events other than eventA1 or eventA2:

5> if useAllowedCellList is set to true:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the allowedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

5> else:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if eventB1 or eventB2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider a serving cell, if any, on the associated E-UTRA frequency as neighbour cell;

4> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModListEUTRAN defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.5]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-2, as specified below, is fulfilled.

Inequality A4-1 (Entering condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh

Inequality A4-2 (Leaving condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the measurement object specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a4-Threshold as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Mn is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

NOTE: The definition of Event A4 also applies to CondEvent A4.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include, for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR, derived based on the rsType if indicated in the associated reportConfig, otherwise based on SSB if available, otherwise based on CSI-RS;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the servCellId;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRsIndexes and maxNrofRSIndexesToReport:

2> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO, include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2;

1> if reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to eventTriggered and eventID is set to eventA3, or eventA4, or eventA5:

2> if the UE is in NR-DC and the measurement configuration that triggered this measurement report is associated with the MCG:

3> set the measResultServFreqListNR-SCG to include for each NR SCG serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the following:

4> if reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

5> if the measObjectNR indicated by the servingCellMO includes the RS resource configuration corresponding to the rsType indicated in the reportConfig:

6> set the measResultBestNeighCellListNR within measResultServFreqListNR-SCG to include one entry with the physCellId and the available measurement quantities based on the reportQuantityCell and rsType indicated in reportConfig of the non-serving cell corresponding to the concerned measObjectNR with the highest measured RSRP if RSRP measurement results are available for cells corresponding to this measObjectNR, otherwise with the highest measured RSRQ if RSRQ measurement results are available for cells corresponding to this measObjectNR, otherwise with the highest measured SINR, where availability is considered according to the measurement configuration associated with the SCG;

7> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport:

8> for each best non-serving cell included in the measurement report:

9> include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2, where availability is considered according to the measurement configuration associated with the SCG;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first:

9> if reportQuantityRsIndexesand maxNrofRSIndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

7> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfigInterRAT in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

The UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical, eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> else:

5> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> if the triggerType is set to ‘event‘ and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the triggerType is set to ‘event‘ and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the triggerType is set to ‘event‘ and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if the purpose is included and set to ‘reportStrongestCells‘ or to ‘reportStrongestCellsForSON‘ and if a (first) measurement result is available for one or more applicable cells:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 1: If the purpose is set to ‘reportStrongestCells‘, the UE initiates a first measurement report immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for at least either serving cell or one of the applicable cells. If the purpose is set to ‘reportStrongestCellsForSON‘, the UE initiates a first measurement report when it has determined the strongest cells on the associated frequency.

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the purpose is included and set to ‘reportCGI‘ and if the UE acquired the information needed to set all fields of cgi-Info for the requested cell:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> stop timer T321;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the T321 for this measId:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 2: The UE does not stop the periodical reporting with triggerType set to ‘event‘ or to ‘periodical‘ while the corresponding measurement is not performed due to the serving cell RSRP being equal to or better than s-Measure or due to the measurement gap not being setup.

NOTE 3: If the UE is configured with DRX, the UE may delay the measurement reporting for event triggered and periodical triggered measurements until the Active Time, which is defined in TS 36.321 [6].

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.5]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A4-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

Inequality A4-1 (Entering condition)

Inequality A4-2 (Leaving condition)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a4-Threshold as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Mn is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

8.2.3.7.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.7.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PSCell.

– E-UTRA Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell and NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state NE-DC RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NE-DC) according to TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.5.4.2-6.

8.2.3.7.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for E-UTRA Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 2, NR Cell 1and NR Cell 2 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1", "T2" and "T3"are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is not satisfied

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-91

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-76

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-91

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

The power level values are such that entry conditions for event A4 is not satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-91

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-79

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is not satisfied

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry conditions for event A4 is not satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A4 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message containing RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup measurements for neighbour E-UTRA Cells and reporting for event A4

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

(RRCConnectionReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

(RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete)

3

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message to report event A4 (measId 1) with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 2?

🡪

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 5 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE

5

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message to report event A4 (measId 1) with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 2?

🡪

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels for E-UTRA Cell 2 and UE measurement.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message within the next 10s to report event A4?

–>

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

2

F

9

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup NR measurement and reporting for intra-frequency event A4 (measId 2) and reportAddNeighMeas.

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

10

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

11

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

12

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A4 (measId 2) with the measured RSRP value for NR Cell 2, E-UTRA PSCell and E-UTRA neighbour Cell 2.

–>

NR RRC: MeasurementReport

3

P

8.2.3.2.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-2: SCG-Configuration-r12-NE-DC (step 1, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508, Table 4.6.3-19G

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

scg-Configuration-r12 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12 SEQUENCE {

measConfigSN-r15

MeasConfig-A4-E-UTRA

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A4-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-2)

Derivation path: TS 36.508, table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF reportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

reportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig

ReportConfig-A4

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF measIdToAddMod {

1 entry

measIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-4: ReportConfig-A4 (step 1, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 table 4.6.6-6AA ReportConfigEUTRA-A4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigEUTRA-A4 ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

event SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA4 SEQUENCE {

a4-Threshold CHOICE{

threshold-RSRP

55

-85dbm

}

}

}

}

}

reportQuantity

sameAsTriggerQuantity

reportAmount

r16

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-5: RRCReconfigurationComplete (step 2 and step 10, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-14 Condition with NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-6: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 4 and step 5, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-7

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-6)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

Report E-UTRA Cell 1

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListEUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF measResultEUTRA {

1 entry

Report E-UTRA Cell 2

measResultEUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry1

physCellId

physCellId of the E-UTRA Cell 2.

measResult SEQUENCE{

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

Not present

}

}

}

measResultListUTRA

Not present

measResultListGERAN

Not present

measResultsCDMA2000

Not present

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-8: RRCReconfiguration (step 9, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-9: MeasConfig-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-8)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-EventA4

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-10: MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 2

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-11: ReportConfigNR-EventA4 (Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A4

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

EventA4 SEQUENCE {

a4-Threshold CHOICE {

rsrp

72

-84dbm

FR1

FFS

FR2

}

}

}

reportAmount

r16

reportQuantityCell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

false

sinr

false

}

reportAddNeighMeas

setup

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-12: MeasurementReport (step 12, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

2

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PCI of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 2

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA {

1 entry

MeasResult2EUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq

ARFCN-Value for E-UTRA Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

measResultBestNeighCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.7.2a Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A4 / Measurement of Neighbour E-UTRA and NR cells / Inter-frequency measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.7.2a.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and Inter-frequency measurements configured for event A4 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A4 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A4 including reportAddNeighMeas with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied, and includes measurement result for the PSCELL. }

}

8.2.3.7.2a.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2

8.2.3.7.2a.3 Test description

8.2.3.7.2a.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2 and E-UTRA Cell 3 replaces E-UTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.7.2a.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2 and E-UTRA Cell 3 replaces E-UTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.2.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2 and E-UTRA Cell 3 replaces E-UTRA Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.7.2a.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A4-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF measObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

measObjectId[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

measObjectId[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f2)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF reportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

reportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig

ReportConfig-A4

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF measIdToAddMod {

1 entry

measIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig-GP1

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2a.3.3-9: MeasConfig-A4 (Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.3-8)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

2

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-EventA4

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.7.2a.3.3-13: MeasurementReport (step 12, Table 8.2.3.7.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

2

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PCI of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 3

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA {

2entries

MeasResult2EUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq

ARFCN-Value for E-UTRA Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.7.2b Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A4 / Measurement of Neighbour E-UTRA and NR cells / Inter-band measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.7.2b.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and Inter-band measurements configured for event A4 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A4 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A4 including reportAddNeighMeas with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport at regular intervals while entering condition for event A4 is satisfied, and includes measurement result for the PSCELL. }

}

8.2.3.7.2b.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2a

8.2.3.7.2b.3 Test description

8.2.3.7.2b.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 3; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 3.

8.2.3.7.2b.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 3; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 3.

8.2.3.7.2b.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.7.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 3; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 3.

8.2.3.8 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A5 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell

8.2.3.8.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A5 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Intra-frequency measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.8.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurement configured for event A5 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering conditions for event A5 are satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A5 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PSCell becomes better than absolute threshold1 or neighbour NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.8.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3, TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.2, 5.5.4.1 and 5.5.4.6. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];

1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup:

2> perform the cell group configuration for the SCG according to 5.3.5.5;

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> construct RRCReconfigurationComplete message and submit it via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2]

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfigincludes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical;

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR;

4> if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> else:

5> for events involving a serving cell associated with a measObjectNRand neighbours associated with another measObjectNR, consider any serving cell associated with the other measObjectNR to be a neighbouring cell as well;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.6]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition A5-1 and condition A5-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A5-3 or condition A5-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> use the SpCell for Mp.

NOTE: The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObjectNR which may be different from the frequency used by the NR SpCell.

Inequality A5-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality A5-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality A5-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality A5-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mp is the measurement result of the NR SpCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Mnis the measurement result of the neighbouring cell/SCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the neighbour/SCell cell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell/SCell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell/SCell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh1is expressed in the same unit as Mp.

Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5]

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR for each configured serving cell derived based on the rsType indicated in the associated reportConfig;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the servCellId;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> else:

5> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2>else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2>submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.8.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.8.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– EUTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the Serving PS Cell.

– NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED in EN-DC mode and DC Bearers (MCG and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4].

8.2.3.8.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1", "T2", "T3", "T4" and "T5" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

EUTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is not satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () is fulfilled but condition A5-2 () is not fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-90

-96

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is not satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () is not fulfilled but condition A5-2 () is fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-78

-84

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () and condition A5-2 () are fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 starts).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-90

-84

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that leaving condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-3 () is satisfied but condition A5-4 () is not satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 stops).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-78

-84

T4

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () and condition A5-2 () are fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 starts).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-90

-84

T5

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that leaving condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-3 () is not satisfied but condition A5-4 () is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 stops).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-90

-96

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

EUTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is not satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () is fulfilled but condition A5-2 () is not fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

-109

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is not satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () is not fulfilled but condition A5-2 () is fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

-91

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () and condition A5-2 () are fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 starts).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

-82

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that leaving condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-3 () is satisfied but condition A5-4 () is not satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 stops).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

-82

T4

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-1 () and condition A5-2 () are fulfilled for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 starts).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

-82

T5

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power levels are such that leaving condition for event A5 is satisfied, i.e. condition A5-3 () is not satisfied but condition A5-4 () is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2 (i.e. periodical reporting for event A5 stops).

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

-100

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to setup measurements for neighbour NR Cells and reporting for event A5.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

2

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message within the next 10s?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

F

4

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A5 with the measured value for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

F

EXCEPTION: Steps 5a1-5a2 are executed in case of FR2

5a1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to setup measurements for neighbour NR Cells and reporting for event A5.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

5a2

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

6

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A5 with the measured value for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 8 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message, with the measured value for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

9

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

10

Wait and ignore NR MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels for NR Cell 2 and UE measurements.

11

Check: Does the UE attempt to transmit an uplink message within the next 10s?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

2

F

12

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T4".

13

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A5 with the measured value for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

14

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T5".

15

Wait and ignore NR MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels for NR Cell 2 and UE measurements.

16

Check: Does the UE attempt to transmit an uplink message within the next 10s?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

2

F

8.2.3.8.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Step 5a1 Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A5 (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-2, Step 1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

MeasObjectNR

ReportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId[1]

ReportConfigId

reportConfig[1] CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(72,66). Same as TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.3-142 except for hysteresis value in eventA5 set to ‘0’, reportAmount set to ‘infinity’, and reportInterval value set to ‘ms1024’.

Thresh values set to -84 dBm, -90 dBm

EVENT_A5 AND FR1

ReportConfigNR(65+ Delta(NRf1),56+Delta(NRf1)). Same as TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.3-142 except for hysteresis value in eventA5 set to ‘0’, reportAmount set to ‘infinity’, and reportInterval value set to ‘ms1024’.

Thresh values set to -91 dBm, -100 dBm

EVENT_A5 AND FR2

}

}

}

MeasIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

NOTE 1: Delta(NRf1) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-3A: MeasConfig-A5 (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-2, Step 5a1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

MeasObjectNR

ReportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

ReportConfigId

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(65+ Delta(NRf1),65+Delta(NRf1)). Same as TS 38.508-1 Table 4.6.3-142 except for hysteresis value in eventA5 set to ‘0’, reportAmount set to ‘infinity’, and reportInterval value set to ‘ms1024’.

Thresh values set to -91 dBm, -91 dBm

EVENT_A5 AND FR2

}

}

}

MeasIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR(60)

ssbFrequency IE equals the ARFCN for NR Cell 2

Thresh value set to -97dBm

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-5: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (step 2, Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-6: ULInformationTransferMRDC (steps 7, 8, 13 Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-7

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) {

Report NR Cell 1

servCellId

Cell index corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Phy cell id corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 2

measResultListNR SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Phy cell id corresponding to NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.8.1a Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A5 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Inter-frequency measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.8.1a.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-frequency measurements configured for event A5 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering conditions for event A5 are satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A5 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PSCell becomes better than absolute threshold1 or neighbour NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.8.1a.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following difference:

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:

2> if EN-DC is configured:

3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:

4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;

3> else:

4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;

8.2.3.8.1a.3 Test description

8.2.3.8.1a.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.8.1a.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.8.1a.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-0: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-0a

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-0a: measConfig (Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-0)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

False

mgta-r15

False

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A5 (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-2

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(77,71)

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for hysteresis value in eventA5 set to ‘0’, reportAmount set to ‘infinity’, and reportInterval value is set to ‘ms1024’

Thresh values set to -79dBm, -85dBm

EVENT_A5 and FR1

ReportConfigNR(66+ Delta(NRf1),57+Delta(NRf2)). Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for hysteresis value in eventA5 set to ‘0’, reportAmount set to ‘infinity’, and reportInterval value set to ‘ms1024’.

Thresh values set to -90dBm, -99 dBm

EVENT_A5 AND FR2

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

NOTE 1: Delta(NRf1) and Delta(NRf2) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3.

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-2: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 3

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1a.3.3-4: MeasConfig-A5 (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-2, Step 5a1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

MeasObjectNR

ReportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

ReportConfigId

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(66+ Delta(NRf1),66+Delta(NRf2)). Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for hysteresis value in eventA5 set to ‘0’, reportAmount set to ‘infinity’, and reportInterval value set to ‘ms1024’

Thresh values set to -90dBm, -90 dBm

EVENT_A5 AND FR2

}

}

}

MeasIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

NOTE 1: Delta(NRf1) and Delta(NRf2) is derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3.

8.2.3.8.1b Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A5 / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell / Inter-band measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.8.1b.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and inter-band measurements configured for event A5 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering conditions for event A5 are satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A5 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PSCell becomes better than absolute threshold1 or neighbour NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.8.1b.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following difference:

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:

2> if EN-DC is configured:

3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:

4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;

3> else:

4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;

8.2.3.8.1b.3 Test description

8.2.3.8.1b.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.8.1b.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

8.2.3.8.1b.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.1 with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-0: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-0a

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-0a: measConfig (Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-0)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

False

mgta-r15

False

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-1: MeasConfig-A5 (Table 8.2.3.8.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-2

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(77,71)

Same as TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 except for hysteresis value in eventA5 set to ‘0’, reportAmount set to ‘infinity’, and reportInterval value is set to ‘ms1024’

Thresh values set to -79dBm, -85dBm

EVENT_A5

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-2: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.8.1b.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 10

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

8.2.3.8.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A5 / Measurement of Neighbour E-UTRA and NR cells / Intra-frequency measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.8.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and intra-frequency measurements configured for event A5 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A5 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A5 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA PSCell becomes better than absolute threshold1 or neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A5 including reportAddNeighMeas with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport at regular intervals while entering condition for event A5 is satisfied, and includes measurement result for the PSCELL. }

}

8.2.3.8.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.6, 5.5.5.1 and 5.5.5.3, TS36.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.4.1 and 5.5.4.6. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If AS security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> for measurement events other than eventA1 or eventA2:

5> if useAllowedCellList is set to true:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the allowedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

5> else:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if eventB1 or eventB2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider a serving cell, if any, on the associated E-UTRA frequency as neighbour cell;

4> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the excludedCellsToAddModListEUTRAN defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if useT312 is set to true in reportConfig for this event:

4> if T310 for the corresponding SpCell is running; and

4> if T312 is not running for corresponding SpCell:

5> start timer T312 for the corresponding SpCell with the value of T312 configured in the corresponding measObjectNR;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.6]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition A5-1 and condition A5-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A5-3 or condition A5-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> use the SpCell for Mp.

NOTE 1: The parameters of the reference signal(s) of the cell(s) that triggers the event are indicated in the measObjectNR associated to the event which may be different from the measObjectNR of the NR SpCell.

Inequality A5-1 (Entering condition 1)

Mp + Hys < Thresh1

Inequality A5-2 (Entering condition 2)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2

Inequality A5-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Mp – Hys > Thresh1

Inequality A5-4 (Leaving condition 2)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh2

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mp is the measurement result of the NR SpCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh1is expressed in the same unit as Mp.

Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

NOTE 2: The definition of Event A5 also applies to CondEvent A5.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include, for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR, derived based on the rsType if indicated in the associated reportConfig, otherwise based on SSB if available, otherwise based on CSI-RS;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the servCellId;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRsIndexes and maxNrofRSIndexesToReport:

2> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO, include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2;

1> if reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to eventTriggered and eventID is set to eventA3, or eventA4, or eventA5:

2> if the UE is in NR-DC and the measurement configuration that triggered this measurement report is associated with the MCG:

3> set the measResultServFreqListNR-SCG to include for each NR SCG serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the following:

4> if reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

5> if the measObjectNR indicated by the servingCellMO includes the RS resource configuration corresponding to the rsType indicated in the reportConfig:

6> set the measResultBestNeighCellListNR within measResultServFreqListNR-SCG to include one entry with the physCellId and the available measurement quantities based on the reportQuantityCell and rsType indicated in reportConfig of the non-serving cell corresponding to the concerned measObjectNR with the highest measured RSRP if RSRP measurement results are available for cells corresponding to this measObjectNR, otherwise with the highest measured RSRQ if RSRQ measurement results are available for cells corresponding to this measObjectNR, otherwise with the highest measured SINR, where availability is considered according to the measurement configuration associated with the SCG;

7> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport:

8> for each best non-serving cell included in the measurement report:

9> include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2, where availability is considered according to the measurement configuration associated with the SCG;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first:

9> if reportQuantityRsIndexesand maxNrofRSIndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

7> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfigInterRAT in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

The UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA:

4> if the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical, eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> else:

5> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> if the triggerType is set to ‘event‘ and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include an measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the triggerType is set to ‘event‘ and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the triggerType is set to ‘event‘ and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> if the purpose is included and set to ‘reportStrongestCells‘ or to ‘reportStrongestCellsForSON‘ and if a (first) measurement result is available for one or more applicable cells:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 1: If the purpose is set to ‘reportStrongestCells‘, the UE initiates a first measurement report immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for at least either serving cell or one of the applicable cells. If the purpose is set to ‘reportStrongestCellsForSON‘, the UE initiates a first measurement report when it has determined the strongest cells on the associated frequency.

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the purpose is included and set to ‘reportCGI‘ and if the UE acquired the information needed to set all fields of cgi-Info for the requested cell:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> stop timer T321;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> upon expiry of the T321 for this measId:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

NOTE 2: The UE does not stop the periodical reporting with triggerType set to ‘event‘ or to ‘periodical‘ while the corresponding measurement is not performed due to the serving cell RSRP being equal to or better than s-Measure or due to the measurement gap not being setup.

NOTE 3: If the UE is configured with DRX, the UE may delay the measurement reporting for event triggered and periodical triggered measurements until the Active Time, which is defined in TS 36.321 [6].

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.6]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition A5-1 and condition A5-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A5-3 or condition A5-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> if usePSCell of the corresponding reportConfig is set to true:

2> use the PSCell for Mp;

1> else:

2> use the PCell for Mp;

NOTE: The cell(s) that triggers the event is on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject which may be different from the frequency used by the PCell/ PSCell.

Inequality A5-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality A5-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality A5-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality A5-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mp is the measurement result of the PCell/ PSCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a5-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigEUTRA for this event).

Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.

Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

8.2.3.8.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.8.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PSCell.

– E-UTRA Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell and NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state NE-DC RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NE-DC) according to TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.5.4.2-6.

8.2.3.8.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for E-UTRA Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 2, NR Cell 1and NR Cell 2 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1", "T2" and "T3"are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A5 is not satisfied

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-91

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-91

-76

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied for E-UTRA Cell 1 and intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-91

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

The power level values are such that entry conditions for event A5 is not satisfied for E-UTRA Cell 1 and intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-91

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied for NR Cell 1 and intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-79

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A5 is not satisfied

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied for E-UTRA Cell 1 and intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry conditions for event A5 is not satisfied for E-UTRA Cell 1 and intra-frequency neighbour E-UTRA Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

The power level values are such that entry condition for event A5 is satisfied for NR Cell 1 and intra-frequency neighbour NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message containing RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup measurements for neighbour E-UTRA Cells and reporting for event A5

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

(RRCConnectionReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

(RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete)

3

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message to report event A5 (measId 1) with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 2?

🡪

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

EXCEPTION: Step 5 below is repeated until 3 MeasurementReport messages are received from the UE

5

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message to report event A4 (measId 1) with the measured value for E-UTRA Cell 2?

🡪

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels for E-UTRA Cell 2 and UE measurement.

8

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing MeasurementReport message within the next 10s to report event A5?

–>

NR RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

2

F

9

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup NR measurement and reporting for intra-frequency event A5 (measId 2) and reportAddNeighMeas.

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

10

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

11

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

12

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A5 (measId 2) with the measured RSRP value for NR Cell 2, E-UTRA PSCell and E-UTRA neighbour Cell 2.

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

3

P

8.2.3.2.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-2: SCG-Configuration-r12-NE-DC (step 1, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508, Table 4.6.3-19G

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

scg-Configuration-r12 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12 SEQUENCE {

measConfigSN-r15

MeasConfig-A5-E-UTRA

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A5-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-2)

Derivation path: TS 36.508, table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF reportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

reportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig

ReportConfig-A5

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF measIdToAddMod {

1 entry

measIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-4: ReportConfig-A5 (step 1, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 table 4.6.6-6AB ReportConfigEUTRA-A5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigEUTRA-A5 ::= SEQUENCE {

triggerType CHOICE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA5 SEQUENCE {

a5-Threshold1 CHOICE{

threshold-RSRP

52

-88dbm

}

a5-Threshold2 CHOICE{

threshold-RSRP

52

-88dbm

}

}

}

}

}

reportQuantity

sameAsTriggerQuantity

reportAmount

r16

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-5: RRCReconfigurationComplete (step 2 and step 10, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-14 Condition with NE-DC

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-6: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 4 and step 5, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-7

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-7: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-6)

Derivation path: TS 36.508 4.6.1 table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

Report E-UTRA Cell 1

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListEUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF measResultEUTRA {

1 entry

Report E-UTRA Cell 2

measResultEUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry1

physCellId

physCellId of the E-UTRA Cell 2.

measResult SEQUENCE{

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

Not present

}

}

}

measResultListUTRA

Not present

measResultListGERAN

Not present

measResultsCDMA2000

Not present

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-8: RRCReconfiguration (step 9, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-9: MeasConfig-A5 (Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-8)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-EventA5

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-10: MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 2

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-11: ReportConfigNR-EventA5 (Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA5 SEQUENCE {

a5-Threshold1 CHOICE {

rsrp

68

-88dbm

FR1

FFS

FR2

}

a5-Threshold2 CHOICE {

rsrp

68

-88dbm

FR1

FFS

FR2

}

}

reportAmount

r16

reportQuantityCell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

false

sinr

false

}

reportAddNeighMeas

setup

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-12: MeasurementReport (step 12, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

2

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PCI of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 2

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA {

1 entry

MeasResult2EUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq

ARFCN-Value for E-UTRA Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

measResultBestNeighCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.8.2a Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A5 / Measurement of Neighbour E-UTRA and NR cells / Inter-frequency measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.8.2a.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and Inter-frequency measurements configured for event A5 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A5 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A5 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA PSCell becomes better than absolute threshold1 or neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A5 including reportAddNeighMeas with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport at regular intervals while entering condition for event A5 is satisfied, and includes measurement result for the PSCELL. }

}

8.2.3.8.2a.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2

8.2.3.8.2a.3 Test description

8.2.3.8.2a.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 3 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.8.2a.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 3 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

8.2.3.2.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 3 replaces NR Cell 2; EUTRA Cell 3 replaces EUTRA Cell 2.

Table 8.2.3.8.2a.3.3-3: MeasConfig-A5-E-UTRA (Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-2)

Derivation path: 36.508 table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF measObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

measObjectId[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

measObjectId[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f2)

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF reportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

reportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig

ReportConfig-A5

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF measIdToAddMod {

1 entry

measIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig-GP1

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2a.3.3-9: MeasConfig-A5 (Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.3-8)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

2

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-EventA5

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.8.2a.3.3-12: MeasurementReport (step 12, Table 8.2.3.8.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

2

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PCI of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 3

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

measResultServFreqListEUTRA-SCG SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA {

2entries

MeasResult2EUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

carrierFreq

ARFCN-Value for E-UTRA Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

eutra-PhysCellId

PhysCellId of E-UTRA Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.8.2b Measurement configuration control and reporting / Event A5 / Measurement of Neighbour E-UTRA and NR cells / Inter-bandInter-band measurements / NE-DC

8.2.3.8.2b.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and Inter-band measurements configured for event A5 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA PSCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A5 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A5 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA PSCell becomes better than absolute threshold1 or neighbour E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A5 including reportAddNeighMeas with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR PCell becomes worse than absolute threshold1 and neighbour NR cell becomes better than absolute threshold2 }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport at regular intervals while entering condition for event A5 is satisfied, and includes measurement result for the PSCELL. }

}

8.2.3.8.2b.2 Conformance requirements

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2a

8.2.3.8.2b.3 Test description

8.2.3.8.2b.3.1 Pre-test conditions

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 3; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 3.

8.2.3.8.2b.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 3; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 3.

8.2.3.8.2b.3.3 Specific message contents

Same as test case 8.2.3.8.2a with the following differences:

– Cells configuration: NR Cell 10 replaces NR Cell 3; EUTRA Cell 10 replaces EUTRA Cell 3.

8.2.3.9 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SS/PBCH block based / CSI-RS based intra-frequency measurements / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell

8.2.3.9.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SS/PBCH block based / CSI-RS based Intra-frequency measurements / Measurement of Neighbour NR Cell / EN-DC

8.2.3.9.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for SS/PBCH measurement reporting of intra-frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { SS/PBCH block sorting quantity is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation for each beam of NR Neighbour Cell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsSSB-Indexes }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for SS/PBCH measurement reporting of intra-frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { SS/PBCH block sorting quantity is below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation for one beam of NR Neighbour Cell and another beam(s) is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsSSB-Indexes includes RsIndex above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation and excludes RsIndex below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for CSI-RS measurement reporting of intra frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { CSI-RS sorting quantity is above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation for each beam of NR Neighbour Cell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsCSI-RS-Indexes }

}

(4)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for CSI-RS measurement reporting of intra frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { CSI-RS sorting quantity is below absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation for one beam of NR Neighbour Cell and another beam(s) is above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsCSI-RS-Indexes includes RsIndex above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation and excludes RsIndex below absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation }

}

8.2.3.9.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331 clauses 5.5.5.1 and 5.5.5.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO:

2> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes rsType:

3> if the serving cell measurements based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report;

2> else:

3> if SSB based serving cell measurements are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on SSB;

3> else if CSI-RS based serving cell measurements are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on CSI-RS;

1> set the servingCellId within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured, if any;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport:

2> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO, include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> else:

5> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

8> if reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

7> else if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to csi-rs:

8> set resultsCSI-RS-Cell within the measResult to include the CSI-RS based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

8> if reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the reportType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is in (NG)EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2>else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.2]

For beam measurement information to be included in a measurement report the UE shall:

1> if reportType is set to eventTriggered:

2> consider the trigger quantity as the sorting quantity if available, otherwise RSRP as sorting quantity if available, otherwise RSRQ as sorting quantity if available, otherwise SINR as sorting quantity;

1> set rsIndexResults to include up to maxNrofRS-IndexesToReportSS/PBCH block indexes or CSI-RS indexes in order of decreasing sorting quantity as follows:

2> if the measurement information to be included is based on SS/PBCH block:

3> include within resultsSSB-Indexes the index associated to the best beam for that SS/PBCH block sorting quantity and if absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation is included in the VarMeasConfig for the measObject associated to the cell for which beams are to be reported, the remaining beams whose sorting quantity is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation;

3> if includeBeamMeasurements is configured, include the SS/PBCH based measurement results for the quantities in reportQuantityRS-Indexes set to true for each SS/PBCH block index;

2> else if the beam measurement information to be included is based on CSI-RS:

3> include within resultsCSI-RS-Indexes the index associated to the best beam for that CSI-RS sorting quantity and, if absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation is included in the VarMeasConfig for the measObject associated to the cell for which beams are to be reported, the remaining beams whose sorting quantity is above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation;

3> if includeBeamMeasurements is configured, include the CSI-RS based measurement results for the quantities in reportQuantityRS-Indexes set to true for each CSI-RS index.

8.2.3.9.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.9.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– EUTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PS Cell and NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell of NR Cell 1. NR Cell2 has two beams: SSB/CSI-RS index#0 and SSB/CSI-RS index#1.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED in EN-DC using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and DC Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4].

8.2.3.9.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

NR Cell 2 Beam 0 (NOTE)

NR Cell 2

Beam 1 (NOTE)

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-4

-4

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 2 are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-106

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-4

-4

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 2 are below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-12

-12

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for beam 0 of NR Cell 2 is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation and for beam 1 of NR Cell 2 is below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-106

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-4

-12

NOTE: "Beam 0" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #0 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #0 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9);
"Beam 1" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #1 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #1 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9).
For each beam SSS and CSI-RS have the same power levels at any given time instance.

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

NR Cell 2 Beam 0 (NOTE)

NR Cell 2

Beam 1 (NOTE)

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-1

-1

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 2 are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-1

-1

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 2 are below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-10

-10

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for beam 0 of NR Cell 2 is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation and for beam 1 of NR Cell 2 is below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-1

-10

NOTE: "Beam 0" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #0 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #0 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9);
"Beam 1" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #1 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #1 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9).
For each beam SSS and CSI-RS have the same power levels at any given time instance.

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration including measConfig to setup SS/PBCH block based intra- frequency NR measurement for PSCell (NR Cell 1) and reporting for event A3.

<–

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration(RRCReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete.

–>

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete(RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 2 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

1

P

4A

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to the row "T2".

4B

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event A3 during the next 10s?

1

F

5

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

6

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 2 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and excludes RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

2

P

7-8

Void

9

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration including measConfig to setup CSI-RS based intra-frequency NR measurement for PSCell (NR Cell 1) and reporting for event A3.

<–

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration(RRCReconfiguration)

10

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCConfigurationComplete.

–>

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete(RRCConfigurationComplete)

11

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

12

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 2 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

3

P

12A

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to the row "T2".

12B

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event A3 during the next 10s?

3

F

13

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

14

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 2 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and excludes RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

4

P

8.2.3.9.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (steps 1, 9 Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

IdMeasObjectToAdd

Step 1

Not present

Step 9

reportConfigToAddModList

IdReportConfigToAdd

Step 1

Not present

Step 9

measIdToAddModList

IdMeasIdToAdd

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-4: IdMeasObjectToAdd (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

Id-MeasObjectNR

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-5: Id-MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-4)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink ARFCN of NR Cell 1

refFreqCSI-RS

Same as “Point A” defined for the downlink of NR Cell 1

referenceSignalConfig SEQUENCE {

ssb-ConfigMobility SEQUENCE {

ssb-ToMeasure CHOICE {

setup CHOICE {

shortBitmap

1100

(FREQ<=3GHz AND (FR1_FDD OR NOT CASE_C)) OR (FREQ<=2.4GHz AND FR1_TDD)

mediumBitmap

11000000

(FREQ>3GHz AND FR1) OR (FREQ>2.4GHz AND FR1_TDD AND CASE_C)

longBitmap

11000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

FR2

}

}

}

csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

subcarrierSpacing

SubcarrierSpacing

csi-RS-CellList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM)) OF CSI-RS-CellMobility {

2 entries

CSI-RS-CellMobility[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

cellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

csi-rs-MeasurementBW SEQUENCE {

nrofPRBs

size24

startPRB

same value as ‘offsetToCarrier’ as defined for the DL frequency of NR Cell 1

}

density

d3

csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility {

1 entry

CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

slotConfig CHOICE {

ms20

0

To avoid collision with CSI-RS of NR Cell 2

}

associatedSSB

Not present

associatedSSB SEQUENCE {

pc_csi_RSRP_AndRSRQ_MeasWithSSB

ssb-Index

0

isQuasiColocated

false

}

frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {

row1

1000

}

firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain

4

sequenceGenerationConfig

24

}

}

}

CSI-RS-CellMobility[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

cellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 2

csi-rs-MeasurementBW SEQUENCE {

nrofPRBs

size24

startPRB

same value as ‘offsetToCarrier’ as defined for the DL frequency of the cell

}

density

d3

csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility {

2 entries

CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

CSI-RS with Index 0

slotConfig CHOICE {

ms20

10 * 2µ

µ is numerology index
(SCS=15kHz: 0,
SCS=30kHz: 1,
etc.)

}

associatedSSB

Not present

associatedSSB SEQUENCE {

pc_csi_RSRP_AndRSRQ_MeasWithSSB

ssb-Index

0

isQuasiColocated

false

}

frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {

row1

1000

}

firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain

4

sequenceGenerationConfig

24

}

CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

csi-RS-Index

1

CSI-RS with Index 1

slotConfig CHOICE {

ms20

10 * 2µ

µ: numerology index
(SCS=15kHz: 0,
SCS=30kHz: 1,
etc.)

}

associatedSSB

Not present

associatedSSB SEQUENCE {

pc_csi_RSRP_AndRSRQ_MeasWithSSB

ssb-Index

1

isQuasiColocated

false

}

frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {

row1

0001

}

firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain

0

sequenceGenerationConfig

24

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation SEQUENCE {

thresholdRSRP

57

corresponding to -99dBm

FR1

66

corresponding to -90dBm

FR2

}

absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation SEQUENCE {

2

thresholdRSRP

57

corresponding to -99dBm

FR1

66

corresponding to -90dBm

FR2

thresholdRSRQ

Not Present

thresholdSINR

Not Present

}

nrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-6: IdReportConfigToAdd (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

2 entries

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

IdReportConfig-A3-SSB

}

}

ReportConfigToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

reportConfigId

2

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

IdReportConfig-A3-CSI-RS

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-7: IdReportConfig-A3-SSB (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

}

}

}

reportAmount

r1

reportQuantityRS-Indexes SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

false

sinr

false

}

maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport

2

includeBeamMeasurements

true

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-7A: IdReportConfig-A3-CSI-RS (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

}

}

}

rsType

csi-rs

reportAmount

r1

reportQuantityCell SEQUENCE {

sinr

false

}

reportQuantityRS-Indexes SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

false

sinr

false

}

maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport

2

includeBeamMeasurements

true

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-8: IdMeasIdToAdd (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-73

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasIdToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

Step 1

2

Step 9

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (steps 2, 10, Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-10: ULInformationTransferMRDC (steps 4, 6, 12, 14 Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15 SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING containing NR RRC MeasurementReport

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-11: MeasurementReport (step 4, Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-11A: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-11)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] EQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

Not checked

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

2 entries that may appear in an arbitrary order

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

SSB index 0

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

ResultsPerSSB-Index[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

ssb-Index

SSB index 1

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-12: MeasurementReport (step 6, Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-12A: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-12)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

Not checked

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

SSB index 0

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-13: Void

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-14: Void

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-14A: Void

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-14B: Void

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-14C: Void

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-14D: Void

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-15: MeasurementReport (step 12, Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-15A: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-15)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE {(SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

csi-RS-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not Present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

2 entries that may appear in an arbitrary order

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

CSI-RS-index 0

csi-RS–Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

csi-RS-Index

CSI-RS-index 1

csi-RS–Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-16: MeasurementReport (step 14, Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-16A: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.9.1.3.3-16)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell::= SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

csi-RS-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not Present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

CSI-RS-Index 0

csi-RS-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

8.2.3.10 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SS/PBCH block based / CSI-RS based inter-frequency measurements / Measurement of Neighbour NR cell

8.2.3.10.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SS/PBCH block based /CSI-RS based Inter-frequency measurements/ Measurement of Neighbour NR Cell / EN-DC

8.2.3.10.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for SS/PBCH measurement reporting of inter frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { SS/PBCH block sorting quantity is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation for each beam of NR Neighbour Cell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsSSB-Indexes }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for SS/PBCH measurement reporting of inter frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { SS/PBCH block sorting quantity is below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation for one beam of NR Neighbour Cell and another beam(s) is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsSSB-Indexes includes RsIndex above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation and excludes RsIndex below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation }

}

(3)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for CSI-RS measurement reporting of inter frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { CSI-RS sorting quantity is above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation for each beam of NR Neighbour Cell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsCSI-RS-Indexes }

}

(4)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode and measurement configured for CSI-RS measurement reporting of inter frequency on specified frequency }

ensure that {

when { CSI-RS sorting quantity is below absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation for one beam of NR Neighbour Cell and another beam(s) is above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport message containing rsIndexResults with resultsCSI-RS-Indexes includes RsIndex above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation and excludes RsIndex below absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation }

}

8.2.3.10.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331 clauses 5.5.5.1 and 5.5.5.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO:

2> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes rsType:

3> if the serving cell measurements based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report;

2> else:

3> if SSB based serving cell measurements are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on SSB;

3> else if CSI-RS based serving cell measurements are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on CSI-RS;

1> set the servingCellId within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured, if any;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport:

2> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO, include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> else:

5> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

8> if reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

7> else if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to csi-rs:

8> set resultsCSI-RS-Cell within the measResult to include the CSI-RS based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

8> if reportQuantityRS-Indexes and maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the reportType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is in (NG)EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2>else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.2]

For beam measurement information to be included in a measurement report the UE shall:

1> if reportType is set to eventTriggered:

2> consider the trigger quantity as the sorting quantity if available, otherwise RSRP as sorting quantity if available, otherwise RSRQ as sorting quantity if available, otherwise SINR as sorting quantity;

1> set rsIndexResults to include up to maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport SS/PBCH block indexes or CSI-RS indexes in order of decreasing sorting quantity as follows:

2> if the measurement information to be included is based on SS/PBCH block:

3> include within resultsSSB-Indexes the index associated to the best beam for that SS/PBCH block sorting quantity and if absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation is included in the VarMeasConfig for the measObject associated to the cell for which beams are to be reported, the remaining beams whose sorting quantity is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation;

3> if includeBeamMeasurements is configured, include the SS/PBCH based measurement results for the quantities in reportQuantityRS-Indexes set to true for each SS/PBCH block index;

2> else if the beam measurement information to be included is based on CSI-RS:

3> include within resultsCSI-RS-Indexes the index associated to the best beam for that CSI-RS sorting quantity and, if absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation is included in the VarMeasConfig for the measObject associated to the cell for which beams are to be reported, the remaining beams whose sorting quantity is above absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation;

3> if includeBeamMeasurements is configured, include the CSI-RS based measurement results for the quantities in reportQuantityRS-Indexes set to true for each CSI-RS index.

8.2.3.10.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.10.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– EUTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PS Cell and NR Cell 3 is the inter-frequency neighbour cell of NR Cell 1. NR Cell 3 has two beams: SSB/CSI-RS index#0 and SSB/CSI-RS index#1.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED in EN-DC using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and DC Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1 [4].

8.2.3.10.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 3 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 3

NR Cell 3 Beam 0 (NOTE)

NR Cell 3

Beam 1 (NOTE)

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-4

-4

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 3 are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-106

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-4

-4

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 3 are below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-106

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-12

-12

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for beam 0 of NR Cell 3 is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation and for beam 1 of NR Cell 3 is below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-106

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-90

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-4

-12

NOTE: "Beam 0" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #0 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #0 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9);
"Beam 1" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #1 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #1 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9).
For each beam SSS and CSI-RS have the same power levels at any given time instance.

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-1A: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 3

NR Cell 3 Beam 0 (NOTE)

NR Cell 3

Beam 1 (NOTE)

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-82

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-81

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-1

-1

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 3 are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-81

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-1

-1

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for both beams of NR Cell 3 are below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-81

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-19

-19

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

Power level is such that SS/PBCH quality and CSI-RS quality for beam 0 of NR Cell 3 is above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation and for beam 1 of NR Cell 3 is below absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-100

Reference Power

dBm/SCS

-81

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE,

CSI-RS EPRE offset

dB

-1

-19

NOTE: "Beam 0" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #0 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #0 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9);
"Beam 1" refers to transmission of the SS/PBCH block with SSB index #1 (according to the ssb-PositionsInBurst) and CSI-RS with index #1 (according to the csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility being signalled to the UE at step 9).
For each beam SSS and CSI-RS have the same power levels at any given time instance.

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration including measConfig to setup SS/PBCH block based inter-frequency NR measurement for PSCell (NR Cell 1) and reporting for A3.

<–

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration(RRCReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete.

–>

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete(RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 3 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

1

P

4A

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to the row "T2".

4B

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event A3 during the next 10s?

1

F

5

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

6

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 3 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and excludes RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

2

P

7-8

Void

9

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration including measConfig to setup CSI-RS based inter-frequency NR measurement for PSCell (NR Cell 1) and event A3.

<–

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration(RRCReconfiguration)

10

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCConfigurationComplete.

–>

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete(RRCReconfigurationComplete)

11

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

12

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 3 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

3

P

12A

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to the row "T2".

12B

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event A3 during the next 10s?

3

F

13

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

14

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event A3 with the measured results for NR Cell 3 with beam information containing RsIndex[0] and excludes RsIndex[1]?

–>

EUTRA RRC: ULInformationTransferMRDC(MeasurementReport)

4

P

8.2.3.10.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (steps 1, 9. Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

IdMeasObjectToAdd

Step 1

Not present

Step 9

reportConfigToAddModList

IdReportConfigToAdd

Step 1

Not present

Step 9

measIdToAddModList

IdMeasIdToAdd

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-4: IdMeasObjectToAdd (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

Id-MeasObjectNR-f1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

Id-MeasObjectNR-f2

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-5: Id-MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-4)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink ARFCN of NR Cell 1

refFreqCSI-RS

Same as “Point A” defined for the downlink of NR Cell1

referenceSignalConfig SEQUENCE {

csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

subcarrierSpacing

SubcarrierSpacing

csi-RS-CellList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM)) OF CSI-RS-CellMobility {

1 entry

CSI-RS-CellMobility[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

cellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

csi-rs-MeasurementBW SEQUENCE {

nrofPRBs

size24

startPRB

same value as ‘offsetToCarrier’ as defined for the DL frequency of NR Cell 1

}

density

d3

csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility {

1 entry

CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

slotConfig CHOICE {

ms20

0

}

associatedSSB

Not present

associatedSSB SEQUENCE {

pc_csi_RSRP_AndRSRQ_MeasWithSSB

ssb-Index

0

isQuasiColocated

false

}

frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {

row1

1000

}

firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain

4

sequenceGenerationConfig

24

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation SEQUENCE {

thresholdRSRP

57

corresponding to -99dBm

FR1

66

corresponding to -90dBm

FR2

}

absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation SEQUENCE {

thresholdRSRP

57

corresponding to -99dBm

FR1

66

corresponding to -90dBm

FR2

thresholdRSRQ

Not Present

thresholdSINR

Not Present

}

nrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage

2

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-5A: Id-MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-4)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink ARFCN of NCell 3

refFreqCSI-RS

Same as “Point A” defined for the downlink of NR Cell3

referenceSignalConfig SEQUENCE {

ssb-ConfigMobility SEQUENCE {

ssb-ToMeasure CHOICE {

setup CHOICE {

shortBitmap

1100

(FREQ<=3GHz AND (FR1_FDD OR NOT CASE_C)) OR (FREQ<=2.4GHz AND FR1_TDD)

mediumBitmap

11000000

(FREQ>3GHz AND FR1) OR (FREQ>2.4GHz AND FR1_TDD AND CASE_C)

longBitmap

11000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

FR2

}

}

}

csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

subcarrierSpacing

SubcarrierSpacing

csi-RS-CellList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM)) OF CSI-RS-CellMobility {

1 entry

CSI-RS-CellMobility[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

cellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 3

csi-rs-MeasurementBW SEQUENCE {

nrofPRBs

size24

startPRB

same value as ‘offsetToCarrier’ as defined for the DL frequency of the cell

}

density

d3

csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility {

2 entries

CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

CSI-RS with Index 0

slotConfig CHOICE {

ms20

10 * 2µ

µ is numerology index
(SCS=15kHz: 0,
SCS=30kHz: 1,
etc.)

}

associatedSSB

Not present

associatedSSB SEQUENCE {

pc_csi_RSRP_AndRSRQ_MeasWithSSB

ssb-Index

0

isQuasiColocated

false

}

frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {

row1

1000

}

firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain

4

sequenceGenerationConfig

24

}

CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

csi-RS-Index

1

CSI-RS with Index 1

slotConfig CHOICE {

ms20

10 * 2µ

µ: numerology index
(SCS=15kHz: 0,
SCS=30kHz: 1,
etc.)

}

associatedSSB

Not present

associatedSSB SEQUENCE {

pc_csi_RSRP_AndRSRQ_MeasWithSSB

ssb-Index

1

isQuasiColocated

false

}

frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {

row1

0001

}

firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain

0

sequenceGenerationConfig

24

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation SEQUENCE {

thresholdRSRP

57

corresponding to -99dBm

FR1

66

corresponding to -90dBm

FR2

}

absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation SEQUENCE {

thresholdRSRP

57

corresponding to -99dBm

FR1

66

corresponding to -90dBm

FR2

thresholdRSRQ

Not Present

thresholdSINR

Not Present

}

nrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage

2

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-6: IdReportConfigToAdd (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigToAddModList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

2 entries

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

IdReportConfig-A3-SSB

}

}

ReportConfigToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

reportConfigId

2

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

IdReportConfig-A3-CSI-RS

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-7: IdReportConfig-A3-SSB (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

FR1

2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1)

a3-Offset value set to (2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1)).

(Note 1)

FR2

}

}

}

reportAmount

r1

reportQuantityRS-Indexes SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

false

sinr

false

}

maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport

2

includeBeamMeasurements

true

}

}

}

NOTE 1: Delta(NRf2) and Delta(NRf1) are derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3 where Delta(NRf1) derived NR Cell1 and Delta(NRf2) derived NR Cell3

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-7A: IdReportConfig-A3-CSI-RS (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

FR1

2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1)

a3-Offset value set to (2+ Delta(NRf2) – Delta(NRf1)).

(Note 1)

FR2

}

}

}

rsType

csi-rs

reportAmount

r1

reportQuantityCell SEQUENCE {

sinr

false

}

reportQuantityRS-Indexes SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

false

sinr

false

}

maxNrofRS-IndexesToReport

2

includeBeamMeasurements

true

}

}

}

NOTE 1: Delta(NRf2) and Delta(NRf1) are derived based on calibration procedure defined in the TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 6.1.3.3 where Delta(NRf1) derived NR Cell1 and Delta(NRf2) derived NR Cell3

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-8: IdMeasIdToAdd (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasIdToAddModList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

Step 1

2

Step 9

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (steps 2, 10, Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-10: ULInformationTransferMRDC (steps 4, 6, 12, 14, Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15 SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING containing NR RRC MeasurementReport

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-11: MeasurementReport (step 4, Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-11A: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-11)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] EQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

Not checked

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

2 entries that may appear in an arbitrary order

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

SSB index 0

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

ResultsPerSSB-Index[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

ssb-Index

SSB index 1

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-12: MeasurementReport (step 6, Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-12A: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-12)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

Not checked

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerSSB-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

ssb-Index

SSB index 0

ssb-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes

Not present

}

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-13: Void

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14: Void

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14A: Void

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14B: Void

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14C: Void

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14D: Void

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14E: Void

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14F: MeasurementReport (step 12, Table 8.2.310.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-15: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-14F)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE {(SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

csi-RS-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

2 entries that may appear in an arbitrary order

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

CSI-RS-Index #0

csi-RS-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

csi-RS-Index

CSI-RS-Index#1

csi-RS–Results SEQUENCE {

0

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-15A: MeasurementReport (step 14, Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-7

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-16: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.10.1.3.3-15A)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.2.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell::= SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

0

csi-RS-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell

Not present

resultsCSI-RS-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

}

}

rsIndexResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Indexes

Not Present

resultsCSI-RS-Indexes SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport2)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index {

1 entry

ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

csi-RS-Index

CSI-RS-Index 0

csi-RS-Results SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

Not present

sinr

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

8.2.3.11 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Measurement Gaps

8.2.3.11.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Measurement Gaps / NR FR1 / EN-DC

8.2.3.11.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG }

ensure that {

when { UE receives RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup fr1-Gap to report periodical measurements for LTE serving and NR neighbor cell on FR1 frequency }

then { UE applies fr1-Gap and sends periodical measurement reports for LTE serving and NR neighbor cell on FR1 frequency }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG }

ensure that {

when { UE receives RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup fr1-Gap and nr-Config IE containing MeasConfig to report periodical measurements for NR serving and neighbor cells on FR1 frequency }

then { UE applies fr1-Gap and sends periodical measurement reports for NR serving and neighbor cells on FR1 frequency }

}

8.2.3.11.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3 and 5.5.2.9, and TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];

1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if measGapConfig is set to setup:

2> if a measurement gap configuration measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List is already setup, release the measurement gap configuration;

2> if the gapOffset in measGapConfig indicates a non-uniform gap pattern:

2> else:

3> setup the measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition (SFN and subframe of MCG cells):

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 36.133 [16];

2> if EN-DC is configured:

3> if the UE is configured with fr1-Gap set to TRUE:

4> apply the gap configuration for LTE serving cells and for NR serving cells on FR1;

3> else:

4> apply the gap configuration for all LTE and NR serving cells;

2> if mgta is set to TRUE, apply a timing advance value of 0.5ms to the gap occurrences calculated above according to TS 38.133 [16];

NOTE 1: The UE applies a single gap, which timing is relative to the MCG cells, even when configured with DC. In case of EN-DC, the UE may either be configured with a single (common) gap or with two separate gaps i.e. a first one for FR1 (configured by E-UTRA RRC) and a second one for FR2 (configured by NR RRC).

1> else if measGapConfig is set to release:

2> release the measurement gap configuration measGapConfig;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

The network applies the procedure as follows:

– to ensure that, whenever the UE has a measConfig, it includes a measObject for the SpCell and for each NR SCell to be measured;

– to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with the reportType set to reportCGI;

to ensure that, for all SSB based reporting configurations have at most one measurement object with the same ssbFrequency and ssbSubcarrierSpacing;

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToRemoveList:

2> perform the measurement object removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.4;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToRemoveList:

2> perform the reporting configuration removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.6;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the quantityConfig:

2> perform the quantity configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.8;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToRemoveList:

2> perform the measurement identity removal procedure as specified in 5.5.2.2;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfig:

2> perform the measurement gap configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.9;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO:

2> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes rsType:

3> if the serving cell measurements based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report;

1> set the servCellId within measResultServingMOList to include each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> else:

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the reportType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

8.2.3.11.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.11.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is PCell , NR Cell 1 is PSCell on FR1 and NR Cell 3 is inter-frequency neighbour Cell on FR1.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and Bearers (MCG and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4].

8.2.3.11.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.11.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR

Cell 3

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-88

Switch on NR neighbour Cell and UE start to perform E-UTRA interRAT measurement.

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to setup fr1-Gap to report periodical measurements for E-UTRA serving Cell 1 and NR neighbor cell 3 on FR1 frequency.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of fr1-Gap and report periodical measurements for E-UTRA serving cell1 and NR neighbor cell 3 on FR1 frequency.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 8 s to allow UE to measure the neighbouring cells.

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 4 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-3 shall take place.

4

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

EXCEPTION: Steps 5 to 7 shall be repeated for k=1 to 11 (increment=1).

Note: skip the gap pattern among #2 – #11 not supported by the UE according to the PICS setting given in TS 38.508-2[5] table A.4.3.6-1

5

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to change fr1-Gap.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

6

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the change of fr1-Gap.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 7 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-3 shall take place.

7

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

8

SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including measConfig to release fr1-Gap and measid of periodical measurements.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

9

The UE transmits an RCConnectionReconfigrationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

10

Wait 10s

11

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to setup fr1-Gap and nr-Config IE containing measConfig to report periodical measurements for NR serving Cell 1 and NR neighbor cell 3 on FR1 frequency.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

(RRCReconfiguration)

12

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of fr1-Gap and report periodical measurements for NR serving Cell 1 and NR neighbor cell 3 on FR1 frequency.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

(RRCReconfigurationComplete)

13

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 8 s to allow for UE to measure the neighbouring cells.

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 14 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-4 shall take place.

14

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

EXCEPTION: Steps 15 to 17 shall be repeated for k=1 to 11 (increment=1).

Note: skip the gap pattern among #2 – #11 not supported by the UE according to the PICS setting given in TS 38.508-2[5] table A.4.3.6-1.

15

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to change fr1-Gap.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

16

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the change of fr1-Gap.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 17 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-4 shall take place.

17

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

18

SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including measConfig to release fr1-Gap and measid of periodical measurements.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

19

The UE transmits an RCConnectionReconfigrationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: After the 1st message is received, step 1 below shall be repeated every time the duration indicated in the IE reportInterval has elapsed.

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to perform periodical interRAT reporting for E-UTRA serving Cell 1 and NR Cell 3?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

P

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-4: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: After the 1st message is received, step 1 below shall be repeated every time the duration indicated in the IE reportInterval has elapsed.

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message to perform periodical inter frequency reporting for NR serving Cell 1 and NR Cell 3?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

2

P

8.2.3.11.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-0: Conditions for specific message contents
in Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-1

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

MeasObjectIdEutra-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdNR-f2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR-r15

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(NRf2)

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig

ReportConfigInterRAT-PERIODICAL

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdNR-f2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

 

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

 

 

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

True

mgta-r15

True

Mgta=0.5ms

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-2: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(NRf2) (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-2B

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r15

Downlink carrier frequency of NR cell 3

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-3: ReportConfigInterRAT-PERIODICAL (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-9

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigInterRAT-PERIODICAL ::= SEQUENCE {

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

ss-rsrp

true

ss-rsrq

true

ss-sinr

false

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-4: QuantityConfig-DEFAULT (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-3A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigNRList-r15 SEQUENCE ((SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15 {

1 entry

QuantityConfigNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

filterCoeff-RSRP-r15

fc4

filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15

fc4

filterCoefficient-SINR-r13

fc4

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-5: MeasurementReport (step 1, Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15 {

1 entry

MeasResultCellNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

pci-r15

PhysicalCellIdentity of NR Cell 3

measResultCell-r15 SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult-r15

(0..127)

rsrqResult-r15

(0..127)

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-6: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (steps 5, 15 Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig SEQUENCE {

quantityConfig

Not present

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp1

9

Gap Pattern #1, MGRP = 80 ms, MGL = 6 ms

k=1

gp2-r14

9

Gap Pattern #2, MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 3 ms

k=2

pc_gp2_gp3_en_dc=True

gp3-r14

9

Gap Pattern #3, MGRP = 80 ms, MGL = 3 ms

k=3

pc_gp2_gp3_en_dc=True

gp4-r15

9

Gap Pattern #4, MGRP = 20 ms, MGL = 6 ms

k=4

pc_gp4_en_dc=True

gp5-r15

9

Gap Pattern #5, MGRP = 160 ms, MGL = 6 ms

k=5

pc_gp5_en_dc=True

gp6-r15

9

Gap Pattern #6, MGRP = 20 ms, MGL = 4 ms

k=6

pc_gp6_en_dc=True

gp7-r15

9

Gap Pattern #7, MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 4 ms

k=7

pc_gp7_en_dc=True

gp8-r15

9

Gap Pattern #8, MGRP = 80 ms, MGL = 4 ms

k=8

pc_gp8_en_dc=True

gp9-r15

9

Gap Pattern #9, MGRP = 160 ms, MGL = 4 ms

k=9

pc_gp9_en_dc=True

gp10-r15

9

Gap Pattern #10, MGRP = 20 ms, MGL = 3 ms

k=10

pc_gp10_en_dc=True

gp11-r15

9

Gap Pattern #11, MGRP = 160 ms, MGL = 3 ms

k=11

pc_gp11_en_dc=True

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

True

mgta-r15

False

Mgta=0ms

k=6-11

True

Mgta=0.5ms

k=1-5

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-7: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 8 Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig SEQUENCE {

measIdToRemoveList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId {

1 entry

MeasId[1]

1

entry 1

}

}

quantityConfig

Not present

measConfig SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-8: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 11, Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig SEQUENCE {

quantityConfig

Not present

measGapConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp0

9

MGRP = 40 ms, MGL = 6 ms

}

}

}

fr1-gap-r15

True

mgta-r15

True

Mgta=0.5ms

}

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nr-Config-r15 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r15

RRCReconfiguration

OCTET STRING including the RRCReconfiguration

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-9: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-8)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-10: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-9)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1[4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

MeasObjectIdNR-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0)

NR Cell 1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdNR-f2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0)

NR Cell 3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

ReportConfigId

reportConfig

ReportConfig-Periodical

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

2

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdNR-f2

reportConfigId

1

ReportConfigId

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-11: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0) (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink ARFCN of NR cell 3 SSB

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-12: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0) (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink ARFCN of NR cell 1 SSB

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-13: ReportConfig-Periodical (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition Periodical

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

Periodical SEQUENCE {

reportQuantityCell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

true

sinr

false

}

maxReportCells

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-14: QuantityConfig (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-127

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

QuantityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigNR-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig)) OF QuantityConfigNR {

1 entry

QuantityConfigNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

quantityConfigCell SEQUENCE {

ssb-FilterConfig SEQUENCE {

filterCoefficientRSRP

fc4

filterCoefficientRSRQ

fc4

filterCoefficientRS-SINR

fc4

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-15: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step1, Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-4)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-16

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-16: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-15)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

2

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE {

1 entry

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measRelsutListNR SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-17: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 18, Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

measConfig SEQUENCE {

measGapConfig CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-18: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-17)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

rrc-TransactionIdentifier

RRC-TransactionIdentifier

38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.5-12.

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

radioBearerConfig

Not present

secondaryCellGroup

Not present

measConfig SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

Not present

reportConfigToAddModList

Not present

measIdToRemoveList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId {

1 entry

MeasId[1]

2

entry 1

}

measIdToAddModList

Not present

quantityConfig

Not present

}

lateNonCriticalExtension

Not present

nonCriticalExtension

Not present

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.11.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Measurement Gaps / NR FR2 / EN-DC

8.2.3.11.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG }

ensure that {

when { UE receives RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with nr-Config IE containing MeasConfig to setup gapFR2 and report periodical measurements for NR neighbor cell on FR2 frequency }

then { UE applies gapFR2 and sends periodical measurements for NR neighbor cell on FR2 frequency }

}

8.2.3.11.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3, and TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.9. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82, 5.3.5.3];

1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if gapFR2 is set to setup:

2> if an FR2 measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the FR2 measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> if mgta is configured, apply the specified timing advance to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapFR2 is set to release:

2> release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

1> if gapUE is set to setup:

2> if a per UE measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the per UE measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the per UE measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> if mgta is configured, apply the specified timing advance to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapUE is set to release:

2> release the per UE measurement gap configuration.

NOTE 1: For gapFR2 configuration, the SFN and subframe of a serving cell on FR2 frequency is used in the gap calculation

8.2.3.11.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.11.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is PCell , NR Cell 1 is PSCell on FR2 and NR Cell 3 is inter-frequency neighbour Cell on FR2.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and Bearers (MCG and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4].

8.2.3.11.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.11.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR

Cell 3

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-91

Switch on NR neighbour Cell and UE start to perform E-UTRA interRAT measurement.

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including nr-Config IE containing measConfig to setup gapFR2 and report periodical measurements for NR neighbor cell 3 on FR2 frequency.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

(RRCReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup gapFR2 and report periodical measurements for NR neighbor cell 3 on FR2 frequency.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

(RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 8 s to allow for UE to measure the neighbouring cells.

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 4 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-3 shall take place

4

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

EXCEPTION: Steps 5 to 7 shall be repeated for k=13 to 23 (increment=1).

Note: skip the gap pattern among #12 and #15 – #23 not supported by the UE according to the PICS setting.

5

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including nr-Config IE containing measConfig to change gapFR2

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

(RRCReconfiguration)

6

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the change of gapFR2

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

(RRCReconfigurationComplete)

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 7 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.1.3.2-3 shall take place

7

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

8

SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including measConfig to release gapFR2 and measid of periodical measurements.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

(RRCReconfiguration)

9

The UE transmits an RCConnectionReconfigrationComplete message

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

(RRCReconfigurationComplete)

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: After the 1st message is received, step 1 below shall be repeated every time the duration indicated in the IE reportInterval has elapsed

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport encapsulated in ULInformationTransferMRDC message to perform periodical inter frequency reporting for NR serving Cell 1 and NR Cell 3?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC

(MeasurementReport)

1

P

8.2.3.11.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1[4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

MeasObjectIdNR-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0)

NR Cell 1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdNR-f2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0)

NR Cell 3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

ReportConfigId

reportConfig

ReportConfig-Periodical

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdNR-f2

reportConfigId

1

ReportConfigId

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig

measGapConfig SEQUENCE {

MeasGapConfig

gapFR2 SteupRelease {

gapOffset

-9

mgl

ms5dot5

5.5ms

Gap pattern #13

mgrp

ms40

40ms

mgta

ms0dot25

0.25ms

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0) (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink ARFCN of NR cell 1 SSB

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-5: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(0) (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

Downlink ARFCN of NR cell 3 SSB

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-6: ReportConfig-Periodical (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition Periodical

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

Periodical SEQUENCE {

reportQuantityCell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

true

rsrq

true

sinr

false

}

maxReportCells

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-7: QuantityConfig (Table 8.2.3.11.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-127

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

QuantityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigNR-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig)) OF QuantityConfigNR {

1 entry

QuantityConfigNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

quantityConfigCell SEQUENCE {

ssb-FilterConfig SEQUENCE {

filterCoefficientRSRP

fc4

filterCoefficientRSRQ

fc4

filterCoefficientRS-SINR

fc4

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-8: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step1, Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-9

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-9: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-8)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE {

1 entry

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measRelsutListNR SEQUENCE {

1 entry

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 5, Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-11: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-12: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-11)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1[4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

Not present

reportConfigToAddModList

Not present

measIdToAddModList

Not present

quantityConfig

Not present

measGapConfig SEQUENCE {

MeasGapConfig

gapFR2 CHOICE {

Setup SEQUENCE{

gapOffset

9

k=13-23

mgl

ms5dot5

Gap Pattern #12, 5.5ms

k=13

pc_gp12_nr=True

mgl

ms5dot5

Gap Pattern #14, 5.5ms

k=14

mgl

ms5dot5

Gap Pattern #15, 5.5ms

k=15

pc_gp15_nr=True

mgl

ms3dot5

Gap Pattern #16, 3.5ms

k=16

pc_gp16_nr=True

mgl

ms3dot5

Gap Pattern #17, 3.5ms

k=17

pc_gp17_nr=True

mgl

ms3dot5

Gap Pattern #18, 3.5ms

k=18

pc_gp18_nr=True

mgl

ms3dot5

Gap Pattern #19, 3.5ms

k=19

pc_gp19_nr=True

mgl

ms1dot5

Gap Pattern #20, 1.5ms

k=20

pc_gp20_nr=True

mgl

ms1dot5

Gap Pattern #21, 1.5ms

k=21

pc_gp21_nr=True

mgl

ms1dot5

Gap Pattern #22, 1.5ms

k=22

pc_gp22_nr=True

mgl

ms1dot5

Gap Pattern #23, 1.5ms

k=23

pc_gp23_nr=True

mgrp

ms20

Gap Pattern #12, 20ms

k=13

pc_gp12_nr=True

mgrp

ms80

Gap Pattern #14, 80ms

k=14

mgrp

ms160

Gap Pattern #15, 160ms,

k=15

pc_gp15_nr=True

mgrp

ms20

Gap Pattern #16, 20ms

k=16

pc_gp16_nr=True

mgrp

ms40

Gap Pattern #17, 40ms

k=17

pc_gp17_nr=True

mgrp

ms80

Gap Pattern #18, 80ms

k=18

pc_gp18_nr=True

mgrp

ms160

Gap Pattern #19, 160ms

k=19

pc_gp19_nr=True

mgrp

ms20

Gap Pattern #20, 20ms

k=20

pc_gp20_nr=True

mgrp

ms40

Gap Pattern #21, 40ms

k=21

pc_gp21_nr=True

mgrp

ms80

Gap Pattern #22, 80ms

k=22

pc_gp22_nr=True

mgrp

ms160

Gap Pattern #23, 160ms

k=23

pc_gp23_nr=True

mgta

ms0dot25

0.25ms

k=18-23

mgta

ms0

0 ms

k=13-17

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-13: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 8, Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-14: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-13)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-15: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.11.2.3.3-14)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1[4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/Remark

Comment

Condition

measConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

Not present

reportConfigToAddModList

Not present

MeasIdToRemoveList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasId {

1 entry

MeasId[1]

1

entry 1

}

measIdToAddModList

Not present

quantityConfig

Not present

measGapConfig SEQUENCE {

MeasGapConfig

gapFR2 CHOICE {

release

NULL

}

}

}

8.2.3.11.3 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Measurement Gaps / NR-DC

8.2.3.11.3.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NR-DC, and SCG }

ensure that {

when { UE receives RRCReconfiguration message containing MeasConfig for the PCell to setup gapFR2 and refServCellIndicator set to pCell to report periodical measurements of NR serving PCell and neighbour cell on FR2 frequency }

then { UE applies gapFR2, calculates the gaps using pCell as the reference cell and sends periodical measurements for NR serving PCell and neighbour cell on FR2 frequency }

}

8.2.3.11.3.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.9. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if gapFR2 is set to setup:

2> if an FR2 measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the FR2 measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> if mgta is configured, apply the specified timing advance to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapFR2 is set to release:

2> release the FR2 measurement gap configuration;

1> if gapUE is set to setup:

2> if a per UE measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the per UE measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the per UE measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> if mgta is configured, apply the specified timing advance to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapUE is set to release:

2> release the per UE measurement gap configuration.

NOTE 1: For gapFR2 configuration, the SFN and subframe of a serving cell on FR2 frequency is used in the gap calculation

8.2.3.11.3.3 Test description

8.2.3.11.3.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell, NR Cell 10 is the PSCell and NR Cell 3 is Neighbour Cell on FR2.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NR-DC) and Bearers (MCG and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.5.1-1.

8.2.3.11.3.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 10

NR

Cell 3

Remark

T0

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-82

-91

The power level values are such that NR Cell 3 is satisfied for periodic reporting.

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message to setup gapFR2 (pattern #13) to report periodical measurements for NR serving Cell 1 and NR neighbour cell 3 on FR2 frequency.

<–

RRCReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of gapFR2 and report periodical measurements for NR serving Cell 1 and NR neighbour cell 3 on FR1 frequency.

–>

RRCReconfigurationComplete

3

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 8 s to allow for UE to measure the neighbouring cells.

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 4 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-3 shall take place.

4

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

EXCEPTION: Steps 5 to 7 shall be repeated for k=1 to 11 (increment=1).

Note: skip the gap pattern among #2 – #11 not supported by the UE according to the PICS setting given in TS 38.508-2[5] table A.4.3.6-1.

5

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration including measConfig to change gapFR2 to pattern #14..

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

6

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the change of gapFR2.

–>

RRCReconfigurationComplete

EXCEPTION: In parallel to events described in step 7 the steps specified in table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-3 shall take place.

7

Wait for 30 s to ensure that the UE performs a periodical inter frequency reporting.

8

SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including measConfig to release gapFR2 and measid of periodical measurements.

<–

RRCReconfiguration

9

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigrationComplete message.

–>

RRCReconfigurationComplete

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-3: Parallel behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

EXCEPTION: After the 1st message is received, step 1 below shall be repeated every time the duration indicated in the IE reportInterval has elapsed.

1

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to perform periodical inter frequency reporting for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 3??

–>

MeasurementReport

1

P

8.2.3.11.3.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList

Not present

Step 5

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

Step 1

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f1

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-2

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-f2

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-3

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList

Not present

Step 5

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

Step 1

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR with condition PERIODICAL

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE

Not present

Step 5

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

Step 1

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig-gapFR2

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-5

}

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-f1 (Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

smtc1 SEQUENCE {

periodicityAndOffset CHOICE {

sf20

10

To make sure SMTC for intra-frequency measurement is non-overlapping with MG

}

}

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-f2 (Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 3

smtc1 SEQUENCE {

periodicityAndOffset CHOICE {

sf20

0

}

}

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-5: MeasGapConfig-gapFR2 (Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-70 with Condition GAP_FR2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasGapConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

gapFR2 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset

0

mgl

ms1dot5

Pattern #20, #21, #22 or #23

ms3dot5

Pattern #16, #17, #18 or #19

ms5dot5

Pattern #12, #13, #14 or #15

mgrp

ms20

Pattern #12, #16 or #20

ms40

Pattern #13, #17 or #21

ms80

Pattern #14, #18 or #22

ms160

Pattern #15, #19 or #23

mgta

ms0

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.3-6: MeasurementReport (step 1, Table 8.2.3.11.3.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 10

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PCI of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListNR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR {

1 entry

Measurement report for NR Cell 3

MeasResultNR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 3

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.12 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B2 / Measurement of NR cells

8.2.3.12.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B2 / Measurement of NR cells / EN-DC

8.2.3.12.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell and not detected entering condition for the event B2 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B2 is not met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

(2)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell and not detected entering condition for the event B2 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects entering condition for the event B2 is met }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport }

}

(3)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state having completed the radio bearer establishment and performed the inter RAT measurement for NR cell and detected entering condition for the event B2 is met }

ensure that {

when { UE detects leaving condition for the event B2 is met }

then { UE does not transmit any MeasurementReport }

}

8.2.3.12.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.5.1, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.8, 5.5.5 and 5.5.5.3. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.1]

The UE reports measurement information in accordance with the measurement configuration and performs conditional reconfiguration evaluation in accordance with conditional reconfiguration as provided by E-UTRAN. E-UTRAN provides the measurement configuration or the conditional reconfiguration applicable for a UE in RRC_CONNECTED by means of dedicated signalling, i.e. using the RRCConnectionReconfiguration or RRCConnectionResume message.

The UE can be requested to perform the following types of measurements:

– Intra-frequency measurements: measurements at the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-frequency measurements: measurements at frequencies that differ from any of the downlink carrier frequency(ies) of the serving cell(s).

– Inter-RAT measurements of NR frequencies.

The measurement configuration includes the following parameters:

1. Measurement objects: The objects on which the UE shall perform the measurements.

– For intra-frequency and inter-frequency measurements a measurement object is a single E-UTRA carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of cell specific offsets, a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells and a list of ‘whitelisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

– For inter-RAT NR measurements a measurement object is a single NR carrier frequency. Associated with this carrier frequency, E-UTRAN can configure a list of ‘blacklisted’ cells. Blacklisted cells are not considered in event evaluation or measurement reporting.

NOTE 1: Some measurements using the above mentioned measurement objects, only concern a single cell, e.g. measurements used to report neighbouring cell system information, PCell UE Rx-Tx time difference, or a pair of cells, e.g. SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell.

2. Reporting configurations: A list of measurement reporting configurations where each measurement reporting configuration consists of the following:

– Reporting criterion: The criterion that triggers the UE to send a measurement report. This can either be periodical or a single event description.

– Reporting format: The quantities that the UE includes in the measurement report and associated information (e.g. number of cells to report).

In case of conditional handover triggering configuration, each configuration consists of the following:

– Execution criteria: The criteria that triggers the UE to perform conditional handover.

3. Measurement identities: For measurement reporting, a list of measurement identities where each measurement identity links one measurement object with one measurement reporting configuration. By configuring multiple measurement identities it is possible to link more than one measurement object to the same reporting configuration, as well as to link more than one reporting configuration to the same measurement object. The measurement identity is used as a reference number in the measurement report. For conditional reconfiguration triggering, one measurement identity links to exactly one conditional reconfiguration trigger configuration. And up to two measurement identities can be linked to one conditional reconfiguration execution condition.

4. Quantity configurations: One quantity configuration is configured per RAT type. The quantity configuration defines the measurement quantities and associated filtering used for all event evaluation and related reporting of that measurement type. One filter can be configured per measurement quantity, except for NR where the network may configure up to 2 sets of quantity configurations each comprising per measurement quantity separate filters for cell and RS index measurement results. The quantity configuration set that applies for a given measurement is indicated within the NR measurement object.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT;

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR:

6> consider any neighbouring NR cell on the associated frequency that is included in cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest neighbouring NR cells detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

4> else:

5> if the eventB1 or eventB2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

6> consider a serving cell, if any, on the associated NR frequency as neighbouring cell;

5> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.8]

The UE shall:

1> for UTRA and CDMA2000, only trigger the event for cells included in the corresponding measurement object;

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition B2-1 and condition B2-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B2-3 or condition B2-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;

Inequality B2-1 (Entering condition 1)

Inequality B2-2 (Entering condition 2)

Inequality B2-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Inequality B2-4 (Leaving condition 2)

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mp is the measurement result of the PCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets. For CDMA2000 measurement result, pilotStrength is divided by -2.

Ofn is the frequency specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. offsetFreq as defined within the measObject corresponding to the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell).

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold2 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event). For CDMA2000, b2-Threshold2 is divided by -2.

Mp is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ.

Mn is expressed in dBm or dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.

Ofn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.

Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5]

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to E-UTRAN. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;

1> set the measResultServFreqList to include for each E-UTRA SCell that is configured, if any, within measResultSCell the quantities of the concerned SCell, if available according to performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16], except if purpose for the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to reportLocation;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas:

2> for each E-UTRA serving frequency for which measObjectId is referenced in the measIdList, other than the frequency corresponding with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting:

3> set the measResultServFreqList to include within measResultBestNeighCell the physCellId and the quantities of the best non-serving cell, based on RSRP, on the concerned serving frequency;

1> if the triggerType is set to event; and if the corresponding measObject concerns NR; and if eventId is set to eventB1-NR or eventB2-NR; or

2> if purpose for the reportConfig or reportConfigInterRAT associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting is set to a value other than reportLocation:

3> set the measResultServFreqListNR to include for each NR serving frequency that the UE is configured to measure according to TS 38.331 [82], if any, the following:

4> set measResultSCell to include the available results of the NR serving cell, as specified in 5.5.5.2;

4> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportAddNeighMeas and if eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5:

5> set measResultBestNeighCell to include the available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of the non-serving cell with the highest sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

3> for each (serving or neighbouring) cell for which the UE reports results according to the previous, additionally include available beam results according to the following:

4> if maxReportRS-Index is configured, set measResultCellRS-Index to include available results, as specified in 5.5.5.2, of up to maxReportRS-Index beams, ordered based on the quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

3> if the triggerType is set to event:

4> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> else:

4> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

NOTE 1: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].

3> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

3> if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON:

4> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

6> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfig;

6> sort the included cells in order of decreasing triggerQuantity, i.e. the best cell is included first;

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

6> set the measResultCell to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCellNR within the concerned reportConfig;

6> if maxReportRS-Index and reportQuantityRS-IndexNR are configured, set measResultRS-IndexList to include the result of the best beam if threshRS-Index is included in the VarMeasConfig for the corresponding measObject, and the remaining beams whose quantity is above threshRS-Index, up to maxReportRS-Index beams in total:

7> order beams based on the sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

7> for each included beam:

8> include ssbIndex;

8> if reportRS-IndexResultsNR is set to TRUE, for each quantity indicated, include the corresponding measurement result in measResultSSB-Index for each ssb-Index;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.3]

When configured to report the best cells or beams, the UE shall determine the quantity that is used to order and select as follows:

1> for cells on the frequency associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting, if the reportTrigger is set to event, consider the quantity used in bN-ThresholdYNR to be the sorting quantity;

1> for other cases, determine the sorting quantity as follows:

2> consider the following quantities as candidate sorting quantities:

3> for cells on the frequency associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting (for a triggerType set to periodical):

4> the quantities defined by reportQuantityCellNR, when used for sorting cells;

4> the quantities defined by reportQuantityRS-IndexNR, when used for sorting beams;

3> for cells, serving or non-serving (i.e. within reportAddNeighMeas), on NR serving frequencies other than the one associated with the measId triggering reporting:

4> the available quantities of available NR measurement results as specified in 5.5.5.2;

2> if there is a single candidate sorting quantity;

3> consider the concerned quantity to be the sorting quantity;

2> else:

3> if RSRP is one of the candidate sorting quantities;

4> consider RSRP to be the sorting quantity;

3> else:

4> consider RSRQ to be the sorting quantity;

8.2.3.12.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.12.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 and NR Cell 1.

– NR Cell 1 is configured to operate in FR1 bands as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity established according to [4].

8.2.3.12.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-1 illustrates the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1", “T2”, “T3”, “T4” and "T5" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1(

) is fulfilled but condition B2-2(

) is not fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied,

i.e condition B2-1(

) is not fulfilled but condition B2-2(

) is fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( ) and B2-2() are fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-60

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-3() is fulfilled but condition B2-4(

) is not fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

T4

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( ) and B2-2() are fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-79

T5

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-84

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-3() is not fulfilled but condition B2-4(

) is fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SSC

-91

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-1A: Void

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including measConfig to setup inter RAT measurements and reporting for NR Cell 1.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to confirm the setup of inter RAT measurements for NR Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B2 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

F

4

The SS changes NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B2 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

1

F

6

The SS changes NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T2".

7

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report the event B2 for NR Cell 1?

–>

MeasurementReport

2

P

8

The SS changes NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T3".

9

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1.

10

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B2 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

3

F

11

The SS changes NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T4" in table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-1.

12

Void

13

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report the event B2 for NR Cell 1?

–>

MeasurementReport

2

P

14

The SS changes NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1 parameters according to the row "T5" in table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-1.

15

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15 s to allow change of power levels and UE measurements for NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1.

16

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message on E-UTRA Cell 1 to report the event B2 during the next 10s?

–>

MeasurementReport

3

F

8.2.3.12.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8, condition MEAS

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(f1)

measObject

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(maxEARFCN)

Band > 64

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-NRf1

measObject

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1)

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-B2-NR

reportConfig

ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-NR-r15(-72, -85)

FR1

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

IdMeasObject-NRf1

reportConfigId

IdReportConfig-B2-NR

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for f1

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-3: QuantityConfig-DEFAULT (Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-3A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

QuantityConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

quantityConfigNRList-r15 SEQUENCE ((SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15 {

1 entry

QuantityConfigNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

filterCoeff-RSRP-r15

fc0

filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15

fc0

filterCoefficient-SINR-r13

fc0

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (NRf1) (Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-2B

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC(Freq) ::= SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-r15

Downlink carrier frequency of NR cell 1

}

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-5: ReportConfigInterRAT-B2-NR-r15 (Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.6-8A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfig-B2-NR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

ss-rsrp

true

ss-rsrq

true

ss-sinr

true

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

false

}

}

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-6: MeasurementReport (step 3, 5, 7, 10, 13, 16, Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultNeighCellListNR-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15 {

1 entry

MeasResultCellNR-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

pci-r15

PhysicalCellIdentity of NR Cell 1

measResultCell-r15 SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult-r15

(0..127)

rsrqResult-r15

(0..127)

rs-sinr-Result-r15

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

Not present

}

cgi-Info-r15

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-7: MeasGapConfig(Table 8.2.3.12.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.331, clause 6.3.5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasGapConfig::= CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

gapOffset CHOICE {

gp1

19

TGRP = 80 ms

}

}

}

8.2.3.12.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Inter-RAT measurements / Event B2 / Measurement of E-UTRA cells / NE-DC

8.2.3.12.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and measurement configured for event A1 with event based periodical reporting }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA cell becomes better than absolute threshold plus hysteresis }

then {UE sends MeasurementReport message at regular intervals while entering condition for event A1 is satisfied }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in NE-DC, and, MCG(s) (NR PDCP) and SCG and periodical measurement reporting triggered by event A1 ongoing }

ensure that {

when { Serving E-UTRA cell becomes worse than absolute threshold minus hysteresis }

then { UE stops sending MeasurementReport message }

}

8.2.3.12.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.2, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.9 and 5.5.5. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to setup:

3> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig includes mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd:

4> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to nr-SCG:

4> perform the RRC reconfiguration according to 5.3.5.3 for the RRCReconfiguration message included in nr-SCG;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to eutra-SCG:

4> perform the RRC connection reconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10], clause 5.3.5.3 for the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included in eutra-SCG;

2> else (mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to release):

3> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

1> set the content of the RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig with mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup set to eutra-SCG:

3> include in the eutra-SCG-Response the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message in accordance with TS 36.331 [10] clause 5.3.5.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfig:

2> perform the measurement gap configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.9;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.9]

The UE shall:

1> if gapUE is set to setup:

2> if a per UE measurement gap configuration is already setup, release the per UE measurement gap configuration;

2> setup the per UE measurement gap configuration indicated by the measGapConfig in accordance with the received gapOffset, i.e., the first subframe of each gap occurs at an SFN and subframe meeting the following condition:

SFN mod T = FLOOR(gapOffset/10);

subframe = gapOffset mod 10;

with T = MGRP/10 as defined in TS 38.133 [14];

2> if mgta is configured, apply the specified timing advance to the gap occurrences calculated above (i.e. the UE starts the measurement mgta ms before the gap subframe occurrences);

1> else if gapUE is set to release:

2> release the per UE measurement gap configuration.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfigincludes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical;

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR;

4> for measurement events other than eventA1 or eventA2:

5> if useWhiteCellList is set to TRUE:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNRto be applicable when the concerned cell is included in the whiteCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

5> else:

6> consider any neighbouring cell detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNRto be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns E-UTRA;

4> consider any neighbouring cell detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cell is not included in the blackCellsToAddModListEUTRAN defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> else if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the leaving condition applicable for this event is fulfilled for one or more of the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined within the VarMeasConfig for this event:

3> remove the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> if reportOnLeave is set to TRUE for the corresponding reporting configuration:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

3> if the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is empty:

4> remove the measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> stop the periodical reporting timer for this measId, if running;

2> upon the expiry of T321 for this measId:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.9]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when both condition B2-1 and condition B2-2, as specified below, are fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition B2-3 or condition B2-4, i.e. at least one of the two, as specified below, is fulfilled;

Inequality B2-1 (Entering condition 1)

Mp + Hys < Thresh1

Inequality B2-2 (Entering condition 2)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2

Inequality B2-3 (Leaving condition 1)

Mp – Hys > Thresh1

Inequality B2-4 (Leaving condition 2)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Thresh2

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mp is the measurement result of the PCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Mn is the measurement result of the inter-RAT neighbour cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. eutra-Q-OffsetRange as defined within the measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the frequency of the inter-RAT neighbour cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the inter-RAT neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within the measObjectEUTRA corresponding to the neighbour inter-RAT cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh1 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold1 as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Thresh2 is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. b2-Threshold2EUTRA as defined within reportConfigInterRAT for this event).

Mp is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and SINR.

Mn is expressed in dBm or dB, depending on the measurement quantity of the inter-RAT neighbour cell.

Ofn, Ocn, Hys are expressed in dB.

Thresh1 is expressed in the same unit as Mp.

Thresh2 is expressed in the same unit as Mn.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5]

Figure 5.5.5-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include, for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR, derived based on the rsType if indicated in the associated reportConfig, otherwise based on SSB if available, otherwise based on CSI-RS;

1> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include for each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any, the servCellId;

1> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes reportQuantityRsIndexes and maxNrofRSIndexesToReport:

2> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO, include beam measurement information according to the associated reportConfig as described in 5.5.5.2;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first:

9> if reportQuantityRsIndexesand maxNrofRSIndexesToReport are configured, include beam measurement information as described in 5.5.5.2;

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns E-UTRA:

7> set the measResult to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantity within the concerned reportConfigInterRAT in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.12.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.12.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and EUTRA Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state 3N-A as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4], subclause 4.4A on NR Cell 1.

8.2.3.12.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.2-2 illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for E-UTRA Cell 1 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while row marked "T1" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-91

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( Mp + Hys < Thresh1) is fulfilled but condition B2-2 ( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2) is not fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-90

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-73

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied,

i.e condition B2-1(

Mp + Hys < Thresh1) is not fulfilled but condition B2-2(Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2 ) is fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-78

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-73

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( Mp + Hys < Thresh1 ) and B2-2( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2 ) are fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-90

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-73

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-3( Mp – Hys > Thresh1 ) is fulfilled but condition B2-4 ( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys < Thresh2 ) is not fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-78

T4

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-73

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( Mp + Hys < Thresh1 ) and B2-2( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2 ) are fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-90

T5

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-91

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-3( Mp – Hys > Thresh1 ) is not fulfilled but condition B2-4 ( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys < Thresh2 ) is fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SSC

-90

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( Mp + Hys < Thresh1) is fulfilled but condition B2-2 ( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2) is not fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are not satisfied,

i.e condition B2-1(

Mp + Hys < Thresh1) is not fulfilled but condition B2-2(Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2 ) is fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( Mp + Hys < Thresh1 ) and B2-2( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2 ) are fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-3( Mp – Hys > Thresh1 ) is fulfilled but condition B2-4 ( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys < Thresh2 ) is not fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

T4

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

The power level values are such that entering conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-1( Mp + Hys < Thresh1 ) and B2-2( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Thresh2 ) are fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

T5

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

The power level values are such that leaving conditions for event B2 are satisfied,

i.e. condition B2-3( Mp – Hys > Thresh1 ) is not fulfilled but condition B2-4 ( Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys < Thresh2 ) is fulfilled.

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SSC

FFS

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup inter-RAT measurement for E-UTRA Cell 1 and reporting for event B2.

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

2

The UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

1

F

4

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

1

F

6

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 with the measured value for NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

2

P

8

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

9

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15s to allow change of power levels and UE measurement.

10

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

3

F

11

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T4".

12

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 with the measured value for NR Cell 1 and E-UTRA Cell 1 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

2

P

13

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T5".

14

Wait and ignore MeasurementReport messages for 15s to allow change of power levels and UE measurement.

15

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message to report event B2 within the next 10s?

–>

NR RRC:

MeasurementReport

3

F

8.2.3.12.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

MeasObjectIdNR-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ssbFrequency IE equals the ARFCN for NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

}

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

MeasObjectIdE-UTRA-f1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq

ARFCN-ValueEUTRA for E-UTRA Cell 1

}

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigInterRAT

ReportConfigInterRAT-EventB2

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.3-3

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

quantityConfig

QuantityConfig with Condition INTER-RAT

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig

}

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.3-3: ReportConfigInterRAT-EventB2 (Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-141 with condition EVENT_B2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

eventId CHOICE {

eventB2 SEQUENCE {

b2-Threshold1 SEQUENCE {

rsrp

73

-83dBm

FR1

FFS

FFS

FR2

}

b2-Threshold2EUTRA SEQUENCE {

rsrp

58

-83dBm

FR1

FFS

FFS

FR2

}

}

}

reportAmount

r1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 7 and 12, Table 8.2.3.12.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 1

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servCellId

ServCellIndex of NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical layer cell identity of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

Not checked

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells CHOICE {

measResultListEUTRA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA {

1 entry

Report E-UTRA neighbour cell

MeasResultEUTRA[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

eutra-PhysCellId

Physical layer cell identity of E-UTRA Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..97)

rsrq

(0..34)

sinr

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.13 PCell Handover with SCG change / Reconfiguration with sync / SCG DRB

8.2.3.13.1 PCell Handover with SCG change / Reconfiguration with sync / SCG DRB / EN-DC

8.2.3.13.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG DRB established }

ensure that {

when { UE receives an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing mobilityControlInfo to handover to target E-UTRAN PCell involving SCG change with reconfigurationWithSync on the same PSCell } then { UE sends an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message }

}

8.2.3.13.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.4, TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.3.5.5.1 and 5.3.5.5.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.4]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> stop timer T310, if running;

1> stop timer T312, if running;

1> start timer T304 with the timer value set to t304, as included in the mobilityControlInfo;

1> stop timer T370, if running;

1> if the carrierFreq is included:

2> consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the carrierFreq with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;

1> else:

2> consider the target PCell to be one on the frequency of the source PCell with a physical cell identity indicated by the targetPhysCellId;

1> stop timer T309, if running, for all access categories;

1> start synchronising to the DL of the target PCell;

NOTE 1: The UE should perform the handover as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message triggering the handover, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3.

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup:

2> perform the cell group configuration for the SCG according to 5.3.5.5;

1> set the content of RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the masterCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent, or;

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent:

3> include the uplinkTxDirectCurrentList;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

3> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an SCG:

4> initiate the random access procedure on the SpCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3];

3> else:

4> the procedure ends;

NOTE: The order the UE sends the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs the Random Access procedure towards the SCG is left to UE implementation.

2> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB3):

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

NOTE: For EN-DC, in the case of SRB1, the random access is triggered by RRC layer itself as there is not necessarily other UL transmission. In the case of SRB3, the random access is triggered by the MAC layer due to arrival of RRCReconfigurationComplete.

1> else:

2> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

1> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an MCG or SCG, and when MAC of an NR cell group successfully completes a random access procedure triggered above;

2> stop timer T304 for that cell group;

2> apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell, if any;

2> apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of that target SpCell;

2> if the reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an MCG:

3> if T390 is running:

4> stop timer T390 for all access categories;

4> perform the actions as specified in 5.3.14.4.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.5.1]

The network configures the UE with Master Cell Group (MCG), and zero or one Secondary Cell Group (SCG). For EN-DC, the MCG is configured as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. The network provides the configuration parameters for a cell group in the CellGroupConfig IE.

The UE performs the following actions based on a received CellGroupConfig IE:

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the spCellConfig with reconfigurationWithSync:

2> perform Reconfiguration with sync according to 5.3.5.5.2;

2> resume all suspended radio bearers and resume SCG transmission for all radio bearers, if suspended;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the rlc-BearerToReleaseList:

2> perform RLC bearer release as specified in 5.3.5.5.3;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the rlc-BearerToAddModList:

2> perform the RLC bearer addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.5.4;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the mac-CellGroupConfig:

2> configure the MAC entity of this cell group as specified in 5.3.5.5.5;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the sCellToReleaseList:

2> perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.5.5.8;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the spCellConfig:

2> configure the SpCell as specified in 5.3.5.5.7;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the sCellToAddModList:

2> perform SCell addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.5.9.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.5.2]

The UE shall perform the following actions to execute a reconfiguration with sync.

1> if the security is not activated, perform the actions upon going to RRC_IDLE as specified in 5.3.11 with the release cause ‘other‘ upon which the procedure ends;

1> stop timer T310 for the corresponding SpCell, if running;

1> start timer T304 for the corresponding SpCell with the timer value set to t304, as included in the reconfigurationWithSync;

1> if the frequencyInfoDL is included:

2> consider the target SpCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the frequencyInfoDL with a physical cell identity indicated by the physCellId;

1> else:

2> consider the target SpCell to be one on the SSB frequency of the source SpCell with a physical cell identity indicated by the physCellId;

1> start synchronising to the DL of the target SpCell;

1> apply the specified BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.1;

1> acquire the MIB, which is scheduled as specified in TS 38.213 [13];

1> perform the actions specified in clause 5.2.2.4.1;

NOTE 1: The UE should perform the reconfiguration with sync as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message triggering the reconfiguration with sync, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.

NOTE 2: The UE may omit reading the MIB if the UE already has the required timing information, or the timing information is not needed for random access.

1> reset the MAC entity of this cell group;

1> consider the SCell(s) of this cell group, if configured, to be in deactivated state;

1> apply the value of the newUE-Identity as the C-RNTI for this cell group;

Editor’s Note: Verify that this does not configure some common parameters which are later discarded due to e.g. SCell release or due to LCH release.

1> configure lower layers in accordance with the received spCellConfigCommon;

1> configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the received reconfigurationWithSync.

8.2.3.13.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.13.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PCell, E-UTRA Cell 2 is the target PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PSCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– If pc_IP_Ping is set to TRUE then, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.2-1.

– Else, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) and Test Loop Function (On) with UE test loop mode B activated according to TS 38.508-1 [4], table 4.5.4.2-1.

8.2.3.13.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Tables 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-1 and 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-1A illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells, with NR cells configured with FR1 and FR2 bands respectively, at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-79

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

[dBm/SCS]

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

[dBm/SCS]

FFS

Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1" 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-1 or 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-1A depending upon whether NR cell is configured on FR1 or FR2 band respectively.

2

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing mobilityControlInfo to handover to E-UTRA Cell 2 and NR RRCReconfiguration message to perform SCG change with reconfigurationWithSync with the same PSCell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

3

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message on E-UTRA Cell 2?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

1

P

4

Void

5

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 subclause 4.9.1 indicate that the UE is capable of exchanging IP data on SCG DRB using NR radio path?

1

P

8.2.3.13.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 2, Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon and EN-DC_PSCell_HO AND RBConfig_KeyChange

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

mobilityControlInfo SEQUENCE {

MobilityControlInfo-HO

targetPhysCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of E-UTRA Cell 2

carrierFreq SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq

Same downlink EARFCN as used for E-UTRA Cell 2

}

carrierFreq SEQUENCE { }

Not present

Band > 64

carrierFreq-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for E-UTRA Cell 2

}

}

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

sk-Counter-r15

Different counter value used before Handover than what was used for initial Split bearer configuration.

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.3-2: MobilityControlInfo-HO (Table 8.2.3.13.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.5-1

8.2.3.14 SCG change / Reconfiguration with sync / Split DRB

8.2.3.14.1 SCG change / Reconfiguration with sync / Split DRB / EN-DC

8.2.3.14.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and Split }

ensure that {

when { UE receives an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to handover from NR PSCell involving SCG change with reconfigurationWithSync to the target NR cell with Split DRB } then { UE sends an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message }

}

8.2.3.14.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3, TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.3.5.5.1 and 5.3.5.5.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the sk-Counter:

2> perform key update procedure as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.7;

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> perform NR RRC Reconfiguration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup:

2> perform the cell group configuration for the SCG according to 5.3.5.5;

1> set the content of RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the masterCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent, or;

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent:

3> include the uplinkTxDirectCurrentList;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

3> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an SCG:

4> initiate the random access procedure on the SpCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3];

3> else:

4> the procedure ends;

NOTE: The order the UE sends the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs the Random Access procedure towards the SCG is left to UE implementation.

2> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB3):

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

NOTE: For EN-DC, in the case of SRB1, the random access is triggered by RRC layer itself as there is not necessarily other UL transmission. In the case of SRB3, the random access is triggered by the MAC layer due to arrival of RRCReconfigurationComplete.

1> else:

1> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an MCG or SCG, and when MAC of an NR cell group successfully completes a random access procedure triggered above;

2> stop timer T304 for that cell group;

2> apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell, if any;

2> apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of that target SpCell;

2> if the reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an MCG:

3> if T390 is running:

4> stop timer T390 for all access categories;

4> perform the actions as specified in 5.3.14.4.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.5.1]

The network configures the UE with Master Cell Group (MCG), and zero or one Secondary Cell Group (SCG). For EN-DC, the MCG is configured as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. The network provides the configuration parameters for a cell group in the CellGroupConfig IE.

The UE performs the following actions based on a received CellGroupConfig IE:

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the spCellConfig with reconfigurationWithSync:

2> perform Reconfiguration with sync according to 5.3.5.5.2;

2> resume all suspended radio bearers and resume SCG transmission for all radio bearers, if suspended;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the rlc-BearerToReleaseList:

2> perform RLC bearer release as specified in 5.3.5.5.3;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the rlc-BearerToAddModList:

2> perform the RLC bearer addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.5.4;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the mac-CellGroupConfig:

2> configure the MAC entity of this cell group as specified in 5.3.5.5.5;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the sCellToReleaseList:

2> perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.5.5.8;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the spCellConfig:

2> configure the SpCell as specified in 5.3.5.5.7;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the sCellToAddModList:

2> perform SCell addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.5.9.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.5.2]

The UE shall perform the following actions to execute a reconfiguration with sync.

1> if the security is not activated, perform the actions upon going to RRC_IDLE as specified in 5.3.11 with the release cause ‘other‘ upon which the procedure ends;

1> stop timer T310 for the corresponding SpCell, if running;

1> start timer T304 for the corresponding SpCell with the timer value set to t304, as included in the reconfigurationWithSync;

1> if the frequencyInfoDL is included:

2> consider the target SpCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the frequencyInfoDL with a physical cell identity indicated by the physCellId;

1> else:

2> consider the target SpCell to be one on the SSB frequency of the source SpCell with a physical cell identity indicated by the physCellId;

1> start synchronising to the DL of the target SpCell;

1> apply the specified BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.1;

1> acquire the MIB, which is scheduled as specified in TS 38.213 [13];

1> perform the actions specified in clause 5.2.2.4.1;

NOTE 1: The UE should perform the reconfiguration with sync as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message triggering the reconfiguration with sync, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.

NOTE 2: The UE may omit reading the MIB if the UE already has the required timing information, or the timing information is not needed for random access.

1> reset the MAC entity of this cell group;

1> consider the SCell(s) of this cell group, if configured, to be in deactivated state;

1> apply the value of the newUE-Identity as the C-RNTI for this cell group;

Editor’s Note: Verify that this does not configure some common parameters which are later discarded due to e.g. SCell release or due to LCH release.

1> configure lower layers in accordance with the received spCellConfigCommon;

1> configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the received reconfigurationWithSync.

8.2.3.14.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.14.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PCell, NR Cell 1 is the source PSCell and NR Cell 2 is the target PSCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– If pc_IP_Ping is set to TRUE then, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and Split) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.2-1.

– Else, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and Split) and Test Loop Function (On) with UE test loop mode B activated according to TS 38.508-1 [4], table 4.5.4.2-1.

8.2.3.14.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-1 and 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells, with NR cell configured with FR1 and FR2 band respectively, at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

“Off”

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-82

Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

"Off”

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-96

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-82

Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1" in table 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-1 or 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-2 depending upon whether NR cells are configured on FR1 or FR2 bands respectively.

2

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurewithsync to handover source PSCell NR Cell 1 to target NR Cell 2 with Split DRB

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

3

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

1

P

4

Void.

5

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 subclause 4.9.1 indicate that the UE is capable of exchanging IP data on Split DRB using NR radio path on NR Cell 2?

1

P

8.2.3.14.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 2, Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_PSCell_HO AND RBConfig_KeyChange

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nr-Config-r15 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r15

OCTET STRING including the RRCReconfiguration message containing the IE secondaryCellGroup

reconfigurewithsync is present in spCellConfg IE in the secondaryCellGroup IE

}

}

sk-Counter-r15

Different counter value used before Handover than what was used for initial Split bearer configuration.

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup

CellGroupConfig

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.3-3 CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.14.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19 with condition PSCell_change

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

spCellConfig SEQUENCE {

reconfigurationWithSync SEQUENCE {

spCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical Cell Identity of NR Cell 2

}

newUE-Identity

‘4148’H

}

}

}

8.2.3.14.2 SCG change / Reconfiguration with sync / Split DRB / NR-DC

8.2.3.14.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in NR RRC_CONNECTED state }

ensure that {

when { UE receives an RRCReconfiguration message to handover from NR PSCell involving SCG change with reconfigurationWithSync to the target NR cell with Split DRB } then { UE sends an RRCReconfigurationComplete message }

}

8.2.3.14.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.3.5.5.1 and 5.3.5.5.2. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup:

2> perform the cell group configuration for the SCG according to 5.3.5.5;

1> set the content of RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the masterCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent, or;

2> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup containing the reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent:

3> include the uplinkTxDirectCurrentList;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

3> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an SCG:

4> initiate the random access procedure on the SpCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3];

3> else:

4> the procedure ends;

NOTE: The order the UE sends the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs the Random Access procedure towards the SCG is left to UE implementation.

2> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB3):

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

NOTE: For EN-DC, in the case of SRB1, the random access is triggered by RRC layer itself as there is not necessarily other UL transmission. In the case of SRB3, the random access is triggered by the MAC layer due to arrival of RRCReconfigurationComplete.

1> else:

1> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an MCG or SCG, and when MAC of an NR cell group successfully completes a random access procedure triggered above;

2> stop timer T304 for that cell group;

2> apply the parts of the CQI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell, if any;

2> apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of that target SpCell;

2> if the reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an MCG:

3> if T390 is running:

4> stop timer T390 for all access categories;

4> perform the actions as specified in 5.3.14.4.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.5.1]

The network configures the UE with Master Cell Group (MCG), and zero or one Secondary Cell Group (SCG). For EN-DC, the MCG is configured as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. The network provides the configuration parameters for a cell group in the CellGroupConfig IE.

The UE performs the following actions based on a received CellGroupConfig IE:

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the spCellConfig with reconfigurationWithSync:

2> perform Reconfiguration with sync according to 5.3.5.5.2;

2> resume all suspended radio bearers and resume SCG transmission for all radio bearers, if suspended;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the rlc-BearerToReleaseList:

2> perform RLC bearer release as specified in 5.3.5.5.3;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the rlc-BearerToAddModList:

2> perform the RLC bearer addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.5.4;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the mac-CellGroupConfig:

2> configure the MAC entity of this cell group as specified in 5.3.5.5.5;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the sCellToReleaseList:

2> perform SCell release as specified in 5.3.5.5.8;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the spCellConfig:

2> configure the SpCell as specified in 5.3.5.5.7;

1> if the CellGroupConfig contains the sCellToAddModList:

2> perform SCell addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.5.9.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.5.2]

The UE shall perform the following actions to execute a reconfiguration with sync.

1> if the security is not activated, perform the actions upon going to RRC_IDLE as specified in 5.3.11 with the release cause ‘other‘ upon which the procedure ends;

1> stop timer T310 for the corresponding SpCell, if running;

1> start timer T304 for the corresponding SpCell with the timer value set to t304, as included in the reconfigurationWithSync;

1> if the frequencyInfoDL is included:

2> consider the target SpCell to be one on the frequency indicated by the frequencyInfoDL with a physical cell identity indicated by the physCellId;

1> else:

2> consider the target SpCell to be one on the SSB frequency of the source SpCell with a physical cell identity indicated by the physCellId;

1> start synchronising to the DL of the target SpCell;

1> apply the specified BCCH configuration defined in 9.1.1.1;

1> acquire the MIB, which is scheduled as specified in TS 38.213 [13];

1> perform the actions specified in clause 5.2.2.4.1;

NOTE 1: The UE should perform the reconfiguration with sync as soon as possible following the reception of the RRC message triggering the reconfiguration with sync, which could be before confirming successful reception (HARQ and ARQ) of this message.

NOTE 2: The UE may omit reading the MIB if the UE already has the required timing information, or the timing information is not needed for random access.

1> reset the MAC entity of this cell group;

1> consider the SCell(s) of this cell group, if configured, to be in deactivated state;

1> apply the value of the newUE-Identity as the C-RNTI for this cell group;

Editor’s Note: Verify that this does not configure some common parameters which are later discarded due to e.g. SCell release or due to LCH release.

1> configure lower layers in accordance with the received spCellConfigCommon;

1> configure lower layers in accordance with any additional fields, not covered in the previous, if included in the received reconfigurationWithSync.

8.2.3.14.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.14.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell, NR Cell 10 is the source PSCell and NR Cell 30 is the target PSCell.

– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.3 is used in NR cells.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– If pc_IP_Ping is set to TRUE then, the UE is in state NR RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NR-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and Split) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.2-5 with the exception of Primary path being set as SCG path.

– Else, the UE is in state NR RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NR-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and Split) and Test Loop Function (On) with UE test loop mode B activated according to TS 38.508-1 [4], table 4.5.4.2-5 with the exception of Primary path being set as SCG path.

8.2.3.14.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.2-2 illustrate the downlink power levels and other changing parameters to be applied for the cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the initial conditions after preamble, while columns marked "T1" is to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.2-1: Void

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.2-2: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for OTA test environment

Parameter

Unit

NR Cell 1

NR

Cell 10

NR

Cell 30

Remark

T0

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/

SCS

-82

-91

“Off”

T1

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/

SCS

-82

-91

-82

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1" in table 8.2.3.14.2.3.2-2 depending upon whether NR cells are configured on FR1 or FR2 bands respectively.

2

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurewithsync to handover source PSCell NR Cell 10 to target NR Cell 30 with Split DRB

<–

RRCReconfiguration

3

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCReconfigurationComplete

1

P

4

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 subclause 4.9.1 indicate that the UE is capable of exchanging IP data on Split DRB using SCG radio path on NR Cell 30?

1

P

8.2.3.14.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 2, Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

masterCellGroup

OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig-Add)

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup CHOICE {

nr-SCG

OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration-Mod)

}

}

}

radioBearerConfig2

OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig_SCG-Mod)

sk-Counter

Increment the value by 1 from the previous value

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-1A: CellGroupConfig-Add (Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

rlc-BearerToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLCH)) OF RLC-BearerConfig {

3 entries

RLC-BearerConfig[1]

RLC-BearerConfig with conditions SRB1 and Re-establish_RLC

entry 1

RLC-BearerConfig[2]

RLC-BearerConfig with conditions SRB2 and Re-establish_RLC

entry 2

RLC-BearerConfig[3]

RLC-BearerConfig with conditions AM, DRBn and Re-establish_RLC

entry 3

}

}

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration-Mod (Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR-DC_SCG

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup

CellGroupConfig

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-2A: RadioBearerConfig_SCG-Mod (Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-132 with condition DRBn and SecondaryKeys

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RadioBearerConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF SEQUENCE {

1 entry

drb-Identity

DRBn

n set to the Split SCG DRB identity

reestablishPDCP

true

pdcp-Config

PDCP-Config with Condition Split

}

}

Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-3: CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.14.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

cellGroupId

CellGroupId condition NR-DC_SCG

rlc-BearerToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-BearerConfig {

1 entry

n set to the Split SCG DRB identity

RLC-BearerConfig[1]

RLC-BearerConfig as per TS 38.508-1[4] Table 4.6.3-148: RLC-BearerConfig with conditions AM and DRBn and Re-establish_RLC

entry 1

n set to the Split SCG DRB identity

}

spCellConfig SEQUENCE {

servCellIndex

ServCellIndex with condition NR-DC_SCG

reconfigurationWithSync SEQUENCE {

spCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical Cell Identity of NR Cell 30

}

newUE-Identity

‘4148’H

}

spCellConfigDedicated

ServingCellConfig

}

}

8.2.3.15 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Two simultaneous events A2 and A3 (intra-frequency measurements) / Measurement of Neighbour NR cells

8.2.3.15.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / Two simultaneous events A2 and A3 (intra-frequency measurements) / Measurement of Neighbour NR cells / EN-DC

8.2.3.15.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A2 and event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Serving NR cell becomes worse than absolute threshold minus hysteresis }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport for event A2}

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG and measurements configured for event A2 and event A3 }

ensure that {

when { Neighbour NR cell becomes offset better than serving NR PSCell }

then { UE sends MeasurementReport for event A3 }

}

8.2.3.15.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3, TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.2, 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.3, 5.5.4.4 and 5.5.5. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> else:

2> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the radioResourceConfigDedicated:

3> perform the radio resource configuration procedure as specified in 5.3.10;

NOTE 3: If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the establishment of radio bearers other than SRB1, the UE may start using these radio bearers immediately, i.e. there is no need to wait for an outstanding acknowledgment of the SecurityModeComplete message.

1> set the content of RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

3> include scg-ConfigResponseNR in accordance with TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.3;

1> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (MCG is E-UTRA):

2> if RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1:

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete as specified in TS 36.331 [10];

3> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an SCG:

4> initiate the random access procedure on the SpCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3];

3> else:

4> the procedure ends;

NOTE: The order the UE sends the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message and performs the Random Access procedure towards the SCG is left to UE implementation.

2> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB3):

NOTE: For EN-DC, in the case of SRB1, the random access is triggered by RRC layer itself as there is not necessarily other UL transmission. In the case of SRB3, the random access is triggered by the MAC layer due to arrival of RRCReconfigurationComplete.

1> else:

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2]

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the corresponding reportConfigincludes a reportType set to eventTriggered or periodical;

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR;

4> if the eventA1 or eventA2 is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

5> consider only the serving cell to be applicable;

4> else:

5> for events involving a serving cell associated with a measObjectNRand neighbours associated with another measObjectNR, consider any serving cell associated with the other measObjectNR to be a neighbouring cell as well;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig, while the VarMeasReportList does not include a measurement reporting entry for this measId (a first cell triggers the event):

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered and if the entry condition applicable for this event, i.e. the event corresponding with the eventId of the corresponding reportConfig within VarMeasConfig, is fulfilled for one or more applicable cells not included in the cellsTriggeredList for all measurements after layer 3 filtering taken during timeToTrigger defined for this event within the VarMeasConfig (a subsequent cell triggers the event):

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> include the concerned cell(s) in the cellsTriggeredList defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.3]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A2-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> for this measurement, consider the serving cell indicated by the measObjectNR associated to this event.

Inequality A2-1 (Entering condition)

Ms + Hys < Thresh

Inequality A2-2 (Leaving condition)

Ms – Hys > Thresh

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Ms is the measurement result of the serving cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Thresh is the threshold parameter for this event (i.e. a2-Threshold as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Ms is expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Hys is expressed in dB.

Thresh is expressed in the same unit as Ms.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.4]

The UE shall:

1> consider the entering condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-1, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> consider the leaving condition for this event to be satisfied when condition A3-2, as specified below, is fulfilled;

1> use the SpCell for Mp, Ofp and Ocp.

NOTE The cell(s) that triggers the event has reference signals indicated in the measObjectNR associated to this event which may be different from the NR SpCellmeasObjectNR.

Inequality A3-1 (Entering condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn – Hys > Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

Inequality A3-2 (Leaving condition)

Mn + Ofn + Ocn + Hys < Mp + Ofp + Ocp + Off

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:

Mn is the measurement result of the neighbouring cell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofn is the measurement object specific offset of the reference signal of the neighbour cell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the neighbour cell).

Ocn is the cell specific offset of the neighbour cell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the frequency of the neighbour cell), and set to zero if not configured for the neighbour cell.

Mp is the measurement result of the SpCell, not taking into account any offsets.

Ofp is the measurement object specific offset of the SpCell (i.e. offsetMO as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the SpCell).

Ocp is the cell specific offset of the SpCell (i.e. cellIndividualOffset as defined within measObjectNR corresponding to the SpCell), and is set to zero if not configured for the SpCell.

Hys is the hysteresis parameter for this event (i.e. hysteresis as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Off is the offset parameter for this event (i.e. a3-Offset as defined within reportConfigNR for this event).

Mn, Mp are expressed in dBm in case of RSRP, or in dB in case of RSRQ and RS-SINR.

Ofn, Ocn, Ofp, Ocp, Hys, Off are expressed in dB.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5]

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO:

2> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes rsType:

3> if the serving cell measurements based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report;

1> set the servCellId within measResultServingMOList to include each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

3> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered:

5> include the cells included in the cellsTriggeredList as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

4> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

4> if the reportType is set to eventTriggered or periodical:

5> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

6> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

7> if rsType in the associated reportConfig is set to ssb:

8> set resultsSSB-Cell within the measResult to include the SS/PBCH block based quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCell within the concerned reportConfig, in decreasing order of the sorting quantity, determined as specified in 5.5.5.3, i.e. the best cell is included first;

1> if the UE is configured with EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via the EUTRA MCG embedded in E-UTRA RRC message ULInformationTransferMRDC as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.15.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.15.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– EUTRA Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 1 is the PS Cell.

– NR Cell 2 is the intra-frequency neighbour cell.

– NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 are configured to operate in FR1 bands as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3.

UE:

– None

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC) and DC Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) on E-UTRA Cell 1 according to TS 38.508-1, clause 4.5.4 [4].

8.2.3.15.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-1A illustrates the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cell 1 and NR Cell 2 at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while rows marked "T1" and "T2" are to be applied subsequently. The exact instants on which these values shall be applied are described in the texts in this clause.

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-1: Time instances of cell power level and parameter changes for conducted test environment

Parameter

Unit

EUTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A2 and event A3 is not satisfied:

AND

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

-103

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power level of Cell 1 is such that entry condition for event A2 is satisfied for the serving cell:

AND

Power levels of Cell 1 and Cell 2 are such that entry condition for event A3 is not satisfied for any of the neighbour NR cells:

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-103

-113

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A2 is not satisfied:

Power levels of Cell 1 and Cell 2 are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for intra-frequency neighbour NR cell:

SS/PBCH

SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-85

-78

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-1A: Void

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-2: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration to setup measurement for PSCell and reporting for event A2, and measurement for neighbour NR Cell and reporting for event A3 (intra-frequency measurement)

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

2

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message within the next 10s to report event A2 or A3?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

F

4

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

5

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A2 (measId 1) with the measured value for NR Cell 1?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

1

P

6

The SS re-adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

Check: Does the UE transmit an ULInformationTransferMRDC message containing NR MeasurementReport message to report event A3 (measId 2) with the measured value for NR Cell 2?

–>

ULInformationTransferMRDC (MeasurementReport)

2

P

8.2.3.15.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR(54)

ssbFrequency IE equals the ARFCN for NR Cell 1

Thresh value set to -102dBm

}

}

}

ReportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

2 entries

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(63)

Thresh value set to -93dBm

EVENT_A2

}

}

ReportConfigToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

reportConfigId

2

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR(0)

Offset value set to 0dBm

EVENT_A3

}

}

}

MeasIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

MeasIdToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measId

2

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

2

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-3a: ReportConfigNR(Thres) (Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

eventTriggered SEQUENCE {

reportAmount

r1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-4: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (step 2, Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-5: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 5, Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-6

}

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-6: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-5)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) {

1 entry

servCellId

Cell index corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-7: ULInformationTransferMRDC (step 7, Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.2-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-27

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15

OCTET STRING including the MeasurementReport message according to Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-8

}

Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-8: MeasurementReport (Table 8.2.3.15.1.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

measurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

2

measResultServingMOList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 1

servCellId

Cell index corresponding to NR Cell 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical CellID of the NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

measResultNeighCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) {

1 entry

Report NR Cell 2

measResultListNR SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Phy cell id corresponding to NR Cell 2

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE{

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

Not present

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

resultsCSI-RS-Cell

Not present

}

rsIndexResults

Not present

}

cgi-Info

Not present

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.16 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SRB3

8.2.3.16.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SRB3 / Intra NR measurements / EN-DC

8.2.3.16.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC, and, MCG(s) (E-UTRA PDCP) and SCG with SRB3 configured }

ensure that {

when { UE receives RRCReconfiguration on SRB3 including MeasConfig to setup periodical measurement reporting }

then { UE sends RRCReconfigurationComplete and starts sending periodic measurement reports over SRB3 }

}

8.2.3.16.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.7 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the received RRCConnectionReconfiguration includes the nr-RadioBearerConfig1:

2> perform radio bearer configuration as specified in TS 38.331 [82], clause 5.3.5.6;

1> else:

2> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> if the UE is configured with E-UTRA nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig (UE in (NG)EN-DC):

2> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB3):

3> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.3.1]

The UE shall:

1> whenever the UE has a measConfig, perform RSRP and RSRQ measurements for each serving cell for which servingCellMO is configured as follows:

2> if the reportConfig associated with at least one measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig contains an rsType set to ssb and ssb-ConfigMobility is configured in the measObject indicated by the servingCellMO:

3> derive serving cell measurement results based on SS/PBCH block, as described in 5.5.3.3;

1> for each serving cell for which servingCellMO is configured, if the reportConfig associated with at least one measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig contains SINR as trigger quantity and/or reporting quantity:

2> if the reportConfig contains rsType set to ssb and ssb-ConfigMobility is configured in the servingCellMO:

3> derive serving cell SINR based on SS/PBCH block, as described in 5.5.3.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If AS security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if reportType is set to periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> if the reportAmount exceeds 1:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful AS security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO:

2> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes rsType:

3> if the serving cell measurements based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report;

1> set the servCellId within measResultServingMOList to include each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the reportType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is in (NG)EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

8.2.3.16.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.16.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1, NR Cell 1

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.

8.2.3.16.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.2-1: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration to establish SRB3

<–

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message

–>

EUTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration to setup periodical intra-NR measurements and reporting on NR Cell 1 via SRB3

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

4

Check: Does the UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3?

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

1

P

5

Check: Does the UE transmits at least 10 MeasurementReport message to periodically report the measured RSRP value for NR Cell 1 via SRB3 within the next 30 seconds?

–>

NR RRC: MeasurementReport

1

P

8.2.3.16.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.1-8 with Condition EN-DC_Embed_RBConfig

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nr-RadioBearerConfig1-r15

OCTET STRING including RadioBearerConfig according to 38.508-1 [4] table 4.6.3.132 with Condition SRB3

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Step 3, Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with Condition EN-DC_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR with Condition PERIODICAL

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 5, Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-5

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-5: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.16.1.3.3-4)

Derivation Path: TS 38.331 [6], clause 6.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults::= SEQUENCE {

measResultServingMOList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PhysCellId of NR Cell 1

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.16.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SRB3 / Intra NR measurements / NR-DC

8.2.3.16.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in NR RRC_CONNECTED state with NR-DC and SCG with SRB3 configured }

ensure that {

when { UE receives RRCReconfiguration on SRB3 including MeasConfig to setup periodical measurement reporting }

then { UE sends RRCReconfigurationComplete and starts sending periodic measurement reports over SRB3 }

}

8.2.3.16.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1, 5.5.4.7 and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the secondaryCellGroup:

2> perform the cell group configuration for the SCG according to 5.3.5.5;

1> if the RRCReconfiguration includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig:

2> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is set to setup:

3> if the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig includes mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd:

4> perform MR-DC release as specified in clause 5.3.5.10;

3> if the received mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is set to nr-SCG:

4> perform the RRC reconfiguration according to 5.3.5.3 for the RRCReconfiguration message included in nr-SCG;

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the radioBearerConfig:

2> perform the radio bearer configuration according to 5.3.5.6;

1> set the content of the RRCReconfigurationComplete message as follows:

2> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig with mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup set to nr-SCG:

3> include in the nr-SCG-Response the RRCReconfigurationComplete message;

1> else if the RRCReconfiguration message was received within the nr-SCG within mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup (UE in NR-DC, mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup was received in RRCReconfiguration via SRB1):

2> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig in nr-SCG:

3> initiate the Random Access procedure on the PSCell, as specified in TS 38.321 [3];

2> else

3> the procedure ends;

NOTE 2a: The order in which the UE sends the RRCReconfigurationComplete message and performs the Random Access procedure towards the SCG is left to UE implementation.

1> else if the RRCReconfiguration message was received via SRB3 (UE in NR-DC):

2> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

1> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1):

2> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

1> if reconfigurationWithSync was included in spCellConfig of an MCG or SCG, and when MAC of an NR cell group successfully completes a Random Access procedure triggered above;

2> stop timer T304 for that cell group;

2> apply the parts of the CSI reporting configuration, the scheduling request configuration and the sounding RS configuration that do not require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell, if any;

2> apply the parts of the measurement and the radio resource configuration that require the UE to know the SFN of the respective target SpCell (e.g. measurement gaps, periodic CQI reporting, scheduling request configuration, sounding RS configuration), if any, upon acquiring the SFN of that target SpCell;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.3.1]

The UE shall:

1> whenever the UE has a measConfig, perform RSRP and RSRQ measurements for each serving cell for which servingCellMO is configured as follows:

2> if the reportConfig associated with at least one measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig contains an rsType set to ssb and ssb-ConfigMobility is configured in the measObject indicated by the servingCellMO:

3> derive serving cell measurement results based on SS/PBCH block, as described in 5.5.3.3;

1> for each serving cell for which servingCellMO is configured, if the reportConfig associated with at least one measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig contains SINR as trigger quantity and/or reporting quantity:

2> if the reportConfig contains rsType set to ssb and ssb-ConfigMobility is configured in the servingCellMO:

3> derive serving cell SINR based on SS/PBCH block, as described in 5.5.3.3;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If AS security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if reportType is set to periodical and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> if the reportAmount exceeds 1:

4> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the NR SpCell;

2> upon expiry of the periodical reporting timer for this measId:

3> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

The purpose of this procedure is to transfer measurement results from the UE to the network. The UE shall initiate this procedure only after successful AS security activation.

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> for each serving cell configured with servingCellMO:

2> if the reportConfig associated with the measId that triggered the measurement reporting includes rsType:

3> if the serving cell measurements based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report are available:

4> set the measResultServingCell within measResultServingMOList to include RSRP, RSRQ and the available SINR of the serving cell, derived based on the rsType included in the reportConfig that triggered the measurement report;

1> set the servCellId within measResultServingMOList to include each NR serving cell that is configured with servingCellMO, if any;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the reportType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> if the UE is in (NG)EN-DC:

2> if SRB3 is configured:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB3 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

8.2.3.16.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.16.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell and NR Cell 10 is the PSCell

– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR cells.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NR-DC) and Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) according to TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.5.1-1.

8.2.3.16.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.2-1: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message via SRB1 to establish SRB3

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB 1.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

3

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message from Cell 10 to setup periodical intra-NR measurements and reporting via SRB3

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

4

Check: Does the UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB3?

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

1

P

5

Check: Does the UE transmits at least 10 MeasurementReport message to periodically report the measured RSRP value for Cell 10 via SRB3 within the next 30 seconds?

–>

NR RRC: MeasurementReport

1

P

8.2.3.16.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR-DC

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

radioBearerConfig

Not present

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

masterCellGroup

Not present

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup CHOICE {

nr-SCG

RRCReconfiguration-SCG

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-2

}

}

}

radioBearerConfig2

OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-132 with condition SRB3)

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration-SCG (Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR-DC_SCG

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup

CellGroupConfig

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-3

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-3: CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

cellGroupId

CellGroupId condition NR-DC_SCG

rlc-BearerToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-BearerConfig {

1 entry

RLC-BearerConfig[1]

RLC-BearerConfig with condition SRB3

entry 1

}

mac-CellGroupConfig

Not Present

physicalCellGroupConfig

Not Present

spCellConfig

Not Present

}

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-4: RRCReconfiguration (Step 3, Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with Condition NR_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-5: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-4)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR of NR Cell 10

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR with Condition PERIODICAL

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-6: MeasurementReport (step 5, Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-5A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

measurementReport SEQUENCE {

measResults

MeasResults

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-7

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-7: MeasResults (Table 8.2.3.16.2.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults::= SEQUENCE {

measResultServingMOLis SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServMO {

1 entry

MeasResultServMO[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measResultServingCell SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PhysCellId of NR Cell 10

measResult SEQUENCE {

cellResults SEQUENCE {

resultsSSB-Cell SEQUENCE {

rsrp

(0..127)

rsrq

(0..127)

sinr

(0..127)

pc_ss_SINR_Meas

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.17 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SFTD:

8.2.3.17.1 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SFTD / EN-DC

8.2.3.17.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in E-UTRA RRC_CONNECTED state with reportSFTD-Meas configured }

ensure that {

when { The sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult results become available }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport message including the MeasResultCellSFTD IE }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state in EN-DC mode with reportSFTD-Meas configured for Serving NR PSCell }

ensure that {

when { The sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult results for the Serving NR PSCell becomes available }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport message including the MeasResultCellSFTD IE }

}

8.2.3.17.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 36.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.2.1, 5.5.3.1, 5.5.4.1, and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 36.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

If the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message does not include the mobilityControlInfo and the UE is able to comply with the configuration included in this message, the UE shall:

1> if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> else:

2> submit the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration, upon which the procedure ends; [TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

E-UTRAN applies the procedure as follows:

– to ensure that, whenever the UE has a measConfig, it includes a measObject for each LTE serving frequency;

– to configure at most one measurement identity using a reporting configuration with reportSFTD-Meas;

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/ modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.3.1]

The UE shall:

1> whenever the UE has a measConfig, perform RSRP and RSRQ measurements for each serving cell as follows:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> if a measurement gap configuration is setup; or

3> if the UE does not require measurement gaps to perform the concerned measurements:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the associated reportConfig:

5> perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and the NR PSCell;

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the associated reportConfig:

5> perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and NR cell(s) on the frequency indicated in the associated measObject;

2> perform the evaluation of reporting criteria as specified in 5.5.4;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else:

3> else if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to pSCell in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> consider the PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells in the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT:

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR:

6> consider any neighbouring NR cell on the associated frequency that is included in cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest neighbouring NR cells detected on the associated frequency to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> else if the purpose is included and set to reportStrongestCells, reportStrongestCellsForSON, reportLocation sidelink or sensing and if a (first) measurement result is available:

3> include a measurement reporting entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> set the numberOfReportsSent defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId to 0;

3> if the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells and reportStrongestCSI-RSs is set to FALSE:

4> else (i.e. the reportAmount is equal to 1):

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for the PCell and for the strongest cell among the applicable cells, or becomes available for the pair of PCell and the PSCell in case of SSTD measurements, or becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 8.17.2.3 in case of SFTD measurements;

[TS 36.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> set the measResultPCell to include the quantities of the PCell;

1> if there is at least one applicable neighbouring cell to report:

2> set the measResultNeighCells to include the best neighbouring cells up to maxReportCells in accordance with the following:

3> else:

4> include the applicable cells for which the new measurement results became available since the last periodical reporting or since the measurement was initiated or reset;

NOTE 1: The reliability of the report (i.e. the certainty it contains the strongest cells on the concerned frequency) depends on the measurement configuration i.e. the reportInterval. The related performance requirements are specified in TS 36.133 [16].

3> for each cell that is included in the measResultNeighCells, include the physCellId;

3> if the triggerType is set to event; or the purpose is set to reportStrongestCells or to reportStrongestCellsForSON:

4> for each included cell, include the layer 3 filtered measured results in accordance with the reportConfig for this measId, ordered as follows:

5> if the measObject associated with this measId concerns NR:

6> set the measResultCell to include the quantity(ies) indicated in the reportQuantityCellNR within the concerned reportConfig;

6> sort the included cells in order of decreasing sorting quantity determined as specified in 5.5.5.3;

1> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to neighborCells or pSCell within the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT for this measId, for each applicable cell for which results are available:

2> set sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult to the measurement results provided by lower layers;

2> if the ss-rsrp in the reportQuantityCellNR is set to TRUE within the corresponding reportConfigInterRAT for this measId:

3> include rsrpResult set to the RSRP of the concerned cell;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> if the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than the reportAmount as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId:

2> start the periodical reporting timer with the value of reportInterval as defined within the corresponding reportConfig for this measId;

1> else:

2> if the triggerType is set to periodical:

3> remove the entry within the VarMeasReportList for this measId;

3> remove this measId from the measIdList within VarMeasConfig;

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

8.2.3.17.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.17.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PCell, NR Cell 1 is the inter-RAT neighbour cell.

– System information blocks combination 31 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.1.1 is used in E-UTRA PCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (E-UTRA/EPC) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4..

8.2.3.17.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.2-1: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup inter-RAT SFTD measurement on NR neighbour cell (NR Cell 1)

<–

E-UTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

E-UTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message including measResultCellListSFTD within the next 5s? NOTE 1

–>

E-UTRA RRC: MeasurementReport

1

P

4

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration including nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig messages to add NR Cell 1 as PSCell.

<–

E-UTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

5

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message including scg-ConfigResponseNR-r15

–>

E-UTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

6

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup intra-frequency SFTD measurement on NR PSCell (NR Cell 1)

<–

E-UTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfiguration

7

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

E-UTRA RRC: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message including measResultCellListSFTD within the next 3s? NOTE 2

–>

E-UTRA RRC: MeasurementReport

2

P

NOTE 1: Time limit is chosen based on the inter-RAT SFTD measurement reporting delay requirements specified in TS 36.133 [10] clause 8.1.2.4.25 and 8.1.2.4.26.

NOTE 2: Time limit is chosen based on the intra-frequency SFTD measurement reporting delay requirements specified in TS 36.133 [10] clause 8.17.2

8.2.3.17.1.3.3 Specific message contentsTable 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1 and 6, Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.1-8 with condition MEAS

Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.6-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectEUTRA

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(Freq) specified in 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.6-2

Freq is the carrier frequency for E-UTRA Cell 1

MeasObjectEUTRA-GENERIC(Freq) with condition Band > 64 specified in 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.6-2

Freq is the carrier frequency for E-UTRA Cell 1

Band > 64

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR-r15

MeasObjectNR-GENERIC (Freq) specified in 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.6-2B

Freq is the carrier frequency for NR Cell 1

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigInterRAT

ReportConfigInterRAT

Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-3

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig-GP1 specified in 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.6-1A

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0

Not present

measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 {

1 entry

Band > 64

MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectEUTRA-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

carrierFreq-v9e0

Downlink EARFCN for the carrier frequency of E-UTRA Cell 1

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-3: ReportConfigInterRAT (Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.6-8B

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigInterRAT-PERIODICAL ::= SEQUENCE {

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

step 6

ss-rsrp

false

ss-rsrq

false

ss-sinr

false

}

reportQuantityCellNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

step 1

ss-rsrp

true

ss-rsrq

false

ss-sinr

false

}

reportSFTD-Meas-r15

neighborCells

step 1

pSCell

step 6

}

Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-4: MeasurementReport (step 3 and 8, Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.1-5

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

measurementReport-r8 SEQUENCE {

measResults SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultPCell SEQUENCE {

rsrpResult

(0..97)

rsrqResult

(0..34)

}

measResultNeighCells

Not checked

}

measResultForECID-r9

Not checked

locationInfo-r10

Not checked

measResultServFreqList-r10

Not checked

measId-v1250

Not checked

measResultPCell-v1250

Not checked

measResultCSI-RS-List-r12

Not checked

measResultForRSSI-r13

Not checked

measResultServFreqListExt-r13

Not checked

measResultSSTD-r13

Not checked

measResultPCell-v1310

Not checked

ul-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13

Not checked

measResultListWLAN-r13

Not checked

measResultPCell-v1360

Not checked

measResultListCBR-r14

Not checked

measResultListWLAN-r14

Not checked

measResultServFreqListNR-r15

Not checked

measResultCellListSFTD-r15 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD-r15 {

MeasResultCellSFTD-r15[1] SEQUENCE {

physCellId-r15

PhysCellIdNR-r15 of NR Cell 1

sfn-OffsetResult-r15

(0..1023)

frameBoundaryOffsetResult-r15

(-30720..30719)

rsrpResult-r15

Not present

step 8

(0..127)

step 3

}

}

logMeasResultListBT-r15

Not checked

logMeasResultListWLAN-r15

Not checked

measResultSensing-r15

Not checked

heightUE-r15

Not checked

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-5: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 4, Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.1-8 with condition MCG_and_SCG

Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.3-6: RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (step 5, Table 8.2.3.17.1.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] Table 4.6.1-9 with condition MCG_and_SCG

8.2.3.17.2 Measurement configuration control and reporting / SFTD / NR-DC

8.2.3.17.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in NR RRC_CONNECTED state with reportSFTD-NeighMeas configured }

ensure that {

when { The sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult results become available }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport message including the MeasResultCellListSFTD-NR IE }

}

(2)

with { UE in NR RRC_CONNECTED state in NR-DC mode with reportSFTD-Meas configured for Serving NR PSCell }

ensure that {

when { The sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult results for the Serving NR PSCell becomes available }

then { UE transmits a MeasurementReport message including the MeasResultCellListSFTD-NR IE }

}

8.2.3.17.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the current TC are specified in: TS 38.331, clauses 5.3.5.3, 5.5.2.1, 5.5.3.1, 5.5.4.1, and 5.5.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-15 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.3]

The UE shall perform the following actions upon reception of the RRCReconfiguration:

1> if the RRCReconfiguration message includes the measConfig:

2> perform the measurement configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2;

1> else (RRCReconfiguration was received via SRB1):

2> submit the RRCReconfigurationComplete message via SRB1 to lower layers for transmission using the new configuration;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.2.1]

The network applies the procedure as follows:

– to ensure that, whenever the UE has a measConfig associated with a CG, it includes a measObject for the SpCell and for each NR SCell of the CG to be measured;

,,,

– when the UE is in NE-DC, NR-DC, or NR standalone, to configure at most one measurement identity across all CGs using a reporting configuration with the reportType set to reportSFTD;

The UE shall:

1> if the received measConfig includes the measObjectToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement object addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.5;

1> if the received measConfig includes the reportConfigToAddModList:

2> perform the reporting configuration addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.7;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measIdToAddModList:

2> perform the measurement identity addition/modification procedure as specified in 5.5.2.3;

1> if the received measConfig includes the measGapConfig:

2> perform the measurement gap configuration procedure as specified in 5.5.2.9;

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.3.1]

The UE shall:

1> whenever the UE has a measConfig, perform RSRP and RSRQ measurements for each serving cell for which servingCellMO is configured as follows:

2> if the reportConfig associated with at least one measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig contains an rsType set to ssb and ssb-ConfigMobility is configured in the measObject indicated by the servingCellMO:

3> derive serving cell measurement results based on SS/PBCH block, as described in 5.5.3.3;

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> if the reportType for the associated reportConfig is set to reportSFTD and the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId is less than one:

3> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to true:

4> else if the measObject is associated to NR:

5> perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and the NR PSCell;

5> if the reportRSRP is set to true;

6> perform RSRP measurements for the NR PSCell based on SSB;

3> else if the reportSFTD-NeighMeas is included:

4> if the measObject is associated to NR:

5> if the drx-SFTD-NeighMeas is included:

6> perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and the NR neighbouring cell(s) detected based on parameters in the associated measObject using available idle periods;

5> else:

6> perform SFTD measurements between the PCell and the NR neighbouring cell(s) detected based on parameters in the associated measObject;

5> if the reportRSRP is set to true:

6> perform RSRP measurements based on SSB for the NR neighbouring cell(s) detected based on parameters in the associated measObject;

2> perform the evaluation of reporting criteria as specified in 5.5.4.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.4.1]

If AS security has been activated successfully, the UE shall:

1> for each measId included in the measIdList within VarMeasConfig:

2> else if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType set to reportSFTD:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to true:

5> consider the NR PSCell to be applicable;

4> else if the reportSFTD-NeighMeas is included:

5> if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is configured in the corresponding reportConfig:

6> consider any NR neighbouring cell detected on the associated measObjectNR which has a physical cell identity that is included in the cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to be applicable;

5> else:

6> consider up to 3 strongest NR neighbouring cells detected based on parameters in the associated measObjectNR to be applicable when the concerned cells are not included in the blackCellsToAddModList defined within the VarMeasConfig for this measId;

2> if the corresponding reportConfig includes a reportType is set to reportSFTD:

3> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

4> else

5> initiate the measurement reporting procedure, as specified in 5.5.5, immediately after the quantity to be reported becomes available for each requested pair of PCell and NR cell or the maximal measurement reporting delay as specified in TS 38.133 [14];

[TS 38.331, clause 5.5.5.1]

Figure 5.5.5.1-1: Measurement reporting

For the measId for which the measurement reporting procedure was triggered, the UE shall set the measResults within the MeasurementReport message as follows:

1> set the measId to the measurement identity that triggered the measurement reporting;

1> if the corresponding measObject concerns NR:

2> if the reportSFTD-Meas is set to true within the corresponding reportConfigNR for this measId:

3> set the measResultSFTD-NR in accordance with the following:

4> set sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult to the measurement results provided by lower layers;

4> if the reportRSRP is set to true;

5> set rsrp-Result to the RSRP of the NR PSCell derived based on SSB;

2> else if the reportSFTD-NeighMeas is included within the corresponding reportConfigNR for this measId:

3> for each applicable cell which measurement results are available, include an entry in the measResultCellListSFTD-NR and set the contents as follows:

4> set physCellId to the physical cell identity of the concerned NR neighbour cell.

4> set sfn-OffsetResult and frameBoundaryOffsetResult to the measurement results provided by lower layers;

4> if the reportRSRP is set to true:

5> set rsrp-Result to the RSRP of the concerned cell derived based on SSB;

1> increment the numberOfReportsSent as defined within the VarMeasReportList for this measId by 1;

1> stop the periodical reporting timer, if running;

1> else if the UE is in NR-DC:

2> else:

3> submit the MeasurementReport message via SRB1 to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends;

1> else:

2> submit the MeasurementReport message to lower layers for transmission, upon which the procedure ends.

8.2.3.17.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.17.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– NR Cell 1 is the PCell, NR Cell 10 is the inter-frequency neighbour cell.

– System information combination NR-4 as defined in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 4.4.3.1.2 is used in NR PCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– The UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (NR) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4..

8.2.3.17.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.2-1: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup inter-frequency SFTD measurement on NR neighbour cell (NR Cell 10)

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

2

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

3

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message including measResultCellListSFTD-NR within the next 5s? NOTE 1

–>

NR RRC: MeasurementReport

1

P

4

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including nr-SCG to add NR Cell 10 as PSCell.

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

5

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message including nr-SCG-Response

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

6

The SS transmits an RRCReconfiguration message including MeasConfig to setup intra-frequency SFTD measurement on NR PSCell (NR Cell 10)

<–

NR RRC: RRCReconfiguration

7

The UE transmits an RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

NR RRC: RRCReconfigurationComplete

8

Check: Does the UE transmit a MeasurementReport message including measResultSFTD-NR within the next 3s? NOTE 2

–>

NR RRC: MeasurementReport

2

P

NOTE 1: Time limit is chosen based on the inter-frequency SFTD measurement reporting delay requirements specified in TS 38.133 [30] clause 9.3.8.

NOTE 2: Time limit is chosen based on the intra-frequency SFTD measurement reporting delay requirements specified in TS 38.133 [30] clause 9.2.5.4.

8.2.3.17.2.3.3 Specific message contentsTable 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-1: RRCReconfiguration (step 1 and 6, Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR_MEAS

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-2: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

2 entries

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-1

for NR Cell 1

}

}

MeasObjectToAddMod[2] SEQUENCE {

entry 2

measObjectId

2

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR-2

for NR Cell 10

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-neighbour

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-5

step 1

ReportConfigNR specified in TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition SFTD_PSCELL

step 6

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

2

reportConfigId

1

}

}

measGapConfig

MeasGapConfig specified in 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-70

}

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-3: MeasObjectNR-1 (Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR of NR Cell 1

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR-2 (Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR of NR Cell 10

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-5: ReportConfigNR-neighbour (Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-142 with condition SFTD_NEIGHBOUR

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

reportSFTD SEQUENCE {

reportRSRP

true

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-6: MeasResults (step 3, Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79 with condition SFTD_NEIGHBOUR

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultCellListSFTD-NR SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD-NR {

1 entry

MeasResultCellSFTD-NR[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

physCellId

PhysCellId of NR Cell 10

sfn-OffsetResult

(0..1023)

frameBoundaryOffsetResult

(-30720..30719)

rsrp-Result

(0..127)

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-7: MeasResults (step 8, Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-79 with condition SFTD_PSCELL

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measResultSFTD-NR SEQUENCE {

physCellId

PhysCellId of NR Cell 10

sfn-OffsetResult

(0..1023)

frameBoundaryOffsetResult

(-30720..30719)

rsrp-Result

Not present

}

}

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-8: RRCReconfiguration (step 4, Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-13 with condition NR-DC

Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.3-9: RRCReconfigurationComplete (step 5, Table 8.2.3.17.2.3.2-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.1-14 with condition NR-DC

8.2.3.18 Conditional PSCell change

8.2.3.18.1 Conditional PSCell change / Success / EN-DC

8.2.3.18.1.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC and receiving an RRCReconfiguration message for conditional PScell change }

ensure that {

when { Any CPC execution condition is not satisfied }

then { UE maintains connection with source PScell and continue to evaluate the CPC execution conditions }

}

(2)

with { UE in NR RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC and receiving an RRCReconfiguration message for conditional PScell change }

ensure that {

when { Any CPC execution condition is satisfied }

then { UE performs conditional PScell change to the candidate target cell }

}

(3)

with { UE in NR RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC and receiving an RRCReconfiguration message for conditional PScell change }

ensure that {

when { UE performs conditional PScell change successfully }

then { UE releases stored CPC configurations }

}

8.2.3.18.1.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 37.340 clause 10.3.1 and 10.6 and TS 38.331 clause 5.3.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-16 requirements.

[TS 38.331, clause 10.3.1]

The Secondary Node Modification procedure may be initiated either by the MN or by the SN and be used to modify, establish or release bearer contexts, to transfer bearer contexts to and from the SN or to modify other properties of the UE context within the same SN. It may also be used to transfer an NR RRC message from the SN to the UE via the MN and the response from the UE via MN to the SN (e.g. when SRB3 is not used). In case of CPC, this procedure is used to configure or modify CPC configuration within the same SN.

SN initiated Conditional SN Modification (CPC) without MN involvement (SRB3 is used)

Figure 10.3.1-3a: SN Modification – SN-initiated without MN involvement and SRB3 is used to configure CPC.

The SN initiates the procedure when it needs to transfer an NR RRC message to the UE and SRB3 is used to configure CPC.

1. The SN sends the RRCReconfiguration message including CPC configuration to the UE through SRB3.

2. The UE applies the new configuration. The UE starts evaluating the CPC execution conditions for the candidate PSCell(s). The UE maintains connection with the source PSCell and replies with the RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the SN via SRB3.

3. If at least one CPC candidate PSCell satisfies the corresponding CPC execution condition, the UE detaches from the source PSCell, applies the stored configuration corresponding to the selected candidate PSCell and synchronises to the candidate PSCell.

4. The UE completes the CPC execution procedure by sending an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the new PSCell.

Transfer of an NR RRC message to/from the UE (when SRB3 is not used)

Figure 10.3.1-4: Transfer of an NR RRC message to/from the UE

The SN initiates the procedure when it needs to transfer an NR RRC message to the UE and SRB3 is not used.

1. The SN initiates the procedure by sending the SgNB Modification Required to the MN.

2. The MN forwards the NR RRC message to the UE in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

3. The UE applies the new configuration and replies with the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

4. The MN forwards the NR RRC response message, if received from the UE, to the SN in the SgNB Modification Confirm message.

5. If instructed, the UE performs synchronisation towards the PSCell of the SN as described in SgNB Addition procedure. Otherwise the UE may perform UL transmission after having applied the new configuration.

SN initiated Conditional SN Modification (CPC) without MN involvement (SRB3 is not used)

Figure 10.3.1-5: SN Modification – SN-initiated without MN involvement and SRB3 is not used to configure CPC

The SN initiates the procedure when it needs to transfer an NR RRC message to the UE and SRB3 is not used to configure CPC.

1. The SN initiates the procedure by sending the SgNB Modification Required to the MN including the SN RRC reconfiguration message with CPC configuration.

2. The MN forwards the SN RRC reconfiguration message to the UE including it in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

3. The UE replies with the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message by including the SN RRC reconfiguration complete message. The UE maintains connection with source PSCell after receiving CPC configuration, and starts evaluating the CPC execution conditions for the candidate PSCell(s).

4. The MN forwards the SN RRC response message, if received from the UE, to the SN by including it in the SgNB Modification Confirm message.

5. If at least one CPC candidate PSCell satisfies the corresponding CPC execution condition, the UE completes the CPC execution procedure by an ULInformationTransferMRDC message to the MN which includes an embedded RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the selected target PSCell.

6. The RRCReconfigurationComplete is forwarded to the SN embedded in RRC Transfer.

7. The UE detaches from the source PSCell, applies the stored corresponding configuration and synchronises to the selected candidate PSCell.

[TS 38.331, clause 10.6]

In MR-DC, a PSCell change does not always require a security key change.

A Conditional PSCell Change (CPC) is defined as a PSCell change that is executed by the UE when execution condition(s) is met. The UE starts evaluating the execution condition(s) upon receiving the CPC configuration, and stops evaluating the execution condition(s) once PSCell change is triggered. Only intra-SN CPC without MN involvement is supported.

The following principles apply to CPC:

– The CPC configuration contains the configuration of CPC candidate PSCell(s) and execution condition(s) generated by the SN.

– An execution condition may consist of one or two trigger condition(s) (CPC events A3/A5, as defined in TS 38.331 [4]). Only single RS type is supported and at most two different trigger quantities (e.g. RSRP and RSRQ, RSRP and SINR, etc.) can be configured simultaneously for the evaluation of CPC execution condition of a single candidate PSCell.

– Before any CPC execution condition is satisfied, upon reception of PSCell change command or PCell change command, the UE executes the PSCell change procedure as described in clause 10.3 and 10.5 or the PCell change procedure as described in clause 9.2.3.2 in TS 38.300[3] or clause 10.1.2.1 in TS 36.300 [2], regardless of any previously received CPC configuration. Upon the successful completion of PSCell change procedure or PCell change procedure, the UE releases all stored CPC configurations.

– While executing CPC, the UE is not required to continue evaluating the execution condition of other candidate PSCell(s).

– Once the CPC procedure is executed successfully, the UE releases all stored CPC configurations.

– Upon the release of SCG, the UE releases the stored CPC configurations.

CPC configuration in HO command, PSCell change command or conditional reconfiguration is not supported.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.1]

Figure 5.3.5.1-1: RRC reconfiguration, successful

Figure 5.3.5.1-2: RRC reconfiguration, failure

The purpose of this procedure is to modify an RRC connection, e.g. to establish/modify/release RBs, to perform reconfiguration with sync, to setup/modify/release measurements, to add/modify/release SCells and cell groups, to add/modify/release conditional handover configuration, to add/modify/release conditional PSCell change configuration. As part of the procedure, NAS dedicated information may be transferred from the Network to the UE.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.13.1]

The network configures the UE with one or more candidate target SpCells in the conditional reconfiguration. The UE evaluates the condition of each configured candidate target SpCell. The UE applies the conditional reconfiguration associated with one of the target SpCells which fulfils associated execution condition. The network provides the configuration parameters for the target SpCell in the ConditionalReconfiguration IE.

The UE performs the following actions based on a received ConditionalReconfiguration IE:

1> if the ConditionalReconfiguration contains the condReconfigToRemoveList:

2> perform conditional reconfiguration removal procedure as specified in 5.3.5.13.2;

1> if the ConditionalReconfiguration contains the condReconfigToAddModList:

2> perform conditional reconfiguration addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.13.3;

8.2.3.18.1.3 Test description

8.2.3.18.1.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PCell, NR Cell 1 is the source PSCell and NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4 are the candidate target PSCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– If pc_IP_Ping is set to TRUE then, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.2-1.

– Else, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) and Test Loop Function (On) with UE test loop mode B activated according to TS 38.508-1 [4], table 4.5.4.2-1.

8.2.3.18.1.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Tables 8.2.3.18.1.3.2-1 and 8.2.3.18.1.3.2-2 illustrate the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while the configuration marked "T1", T2 and "T3", are applied at the point indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.2-3.

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.2-1: Power levels in FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

NR Cell 4

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that event A3 is not satisfied for NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4.

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-94

-94

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

-79

-94

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 4

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

-94

-79

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.2-2: Power levels in FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

NR Cell 4

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

Power levels are such that event A3 is not satisfied for NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4.

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 4

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to perform conditional PSCell change with ConditionalReconfiguration to set NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4 as target candidate cells.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

2

Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure by transmitting Preamble in NR Cell 2 within 10s?

–>

(PRACH Preamble)

1

F

3

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure by transmitting Preamble in NR Cell 2 within 10s?

–>

(PRACH Preamble)

2

P

5

The SS transmits Random Access Response.

<–

Random Access Response

6

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message on E-UTRA Cell 1

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

7

Check: Does the test result of generic test procedure in TS 38.508-1 Table 4.9.1-1 indicate that the UE is capable of exchanging IP data on SCG DRB using NR radio path?

2

P

8

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

9

Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure by transmitting Preamble in NR Cell 4 within 10s?

–>

(PRACH Preamble)

3

F

8.2.3.18.1.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS and CHO

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

measConfig

MeasConfig

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-3

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

conditionalReconfiguration-r16

ConditionalReconfiguration

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-6

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-4

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-condEventA3

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-5

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

The SSB of NR cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR cell 4 have the same ARFCN value as specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-5: ReportConfigNR-condEventA3 (Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-142 with condition CHO AND EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

condTriggerConfig SEQUENCE {

condEventId CHOICE {

condEventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

FR1

FFS

FR2

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-6: ConditionalReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-25D

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ConditionalReconfiguration-r16::= SEQUENCE {

condReconfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 {

2 entries

CondReconfigToAddMod-r16[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

entry 1

condReconfigId-r16

1

condExecutionCond-r16::= SEQUENCE {

1 entry

MeasId[1]

1

entry 1

}

condRRCReconfig-r16

RRCReconfiguration-HO with condition HO_NR cell 2

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-7

}

CondReconfigToAddMod-r16[2] ::= SEQUENCE {

entry 2

condReconfigId-r16

2

condExecutionCond-r16::= SEQUENCE {

1 entry

MeasId[1]

1

entry 1

}

condRRCReconfig-r16

RRCReconfiguration-HO with condition HO_NR cell 4

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-7

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-7: RRCReconfiguration-HO (Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.8.1-1A with condition RBConfig_KeyChange

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup SEQUENCE {

CellGroupConfig with condition PCI_NR cell 2

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-9

HO_NR cell 2

CellGroupConfig with condition PCI_NR cell 4

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-9

HO_NR cell 4

}

}

}

8.2.3.18.1.3.3-8: CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19 with Condition PSCell_change

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

spCellConfig SEQUENCE {

reconfigurationWithSync SEQUENCE {

spCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical Cell Identity of NR Cell 2

PCI_NR cell 2

Physical Cell Identity of NR Cell 4

PCI_NR Cell 4

}

}

}

}

8.2.3.18.2 Conditional PSCell change / Failure / EN-DC

8.2.3.18.2.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC and receiving an RRCReconfiguration message for conditional PSCell change }

ensure that {

when { CPC execution failure happens }

then { UE suspends SCG transmissions for all radio bearers and reports the SCG Failure Information to the MN }

}

(2)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC and receiving an RRCReconfiguration message for conditional PSCell change }

ensure that {

when { radio link failure is detected for MCG during the execution of CPC }

then { the UE initiates the RRC connection re-establishment procedure }

}

8.2.3.18.2.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 37.340 clause 7.7. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-16 requirements.

[TS 37.340, clause 7.7]

RLF is declared separately for the MCG and for the SCG.

If radio link failure is detected for MCG, and fast MCG link recovery is configured, the UE triggers fast MCG link recovery. Otherwise, the UE initiates the RRC connection re-establishment procedure. During the execution of CPC, if radio link failure is detected for MCG, the UE initiates the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.

During fast MCG link recovery, the UE suspends MCG transmissions for all radio bearers and reports the failure with MCGFailureInformation message to the MN via the SCG, using the SCG leg of split SRB1 or SRB3.

The UE includes in the MCGFailureInformation message the measurement results available according to current measurement configuration of both the MN and the SN. Once the fast MCG link recovery is triggered, the UE maintains the current measurement configurations from both the MN and the SN, and continues measurements based on configuration from the MN and the SN, if possible. The UE initiates the RRC connection re-establishment procedure if it does not receive an RRCReconfiguration message, MobilityFromNRCommand message, MobilityFromEUTRACommand message or RRCRelease message within a certain time after fast MCG link recovery was initiated.

Upon reception of the MCGFailureInformation message, the MN can send RRCReconfiguration message, MobilityFromNRCommand message, MobilityFromEUTRACommand message or RRCRelease message to the UE, using the SCG leg of split SRB1 or SRB3. Upon receiving an RRCReconfiguration message, MobilityFromNRCommand message or MobilityFromEUTRACommand message, the UE resumes MCG transmissions for all radio bearers. Upon receiving an RRCRelease message, the UE releases all the radio bearers and configurations.

NOTE 1: It is up to network implementation to guarantee that the RRC-related messages are delivered to the UE by the SN before the release of its control plane resources.

The following SCG failure cases are supported:

– SCG RLF;

– SN addition/change failure;

– For EN-DC, NGEN-DC and NR-DC, SCG configuration failure or CPC configuration failure (only for messages on SRB3);

– For EN-DC, NGEN-DC and NR-DC, SCG RRC integrity check failure (on SRB3);

– For EN-DC, NGEN-DC and NR-DC, consistent UL LBT failure on PSCell;

– For IAB-MT, reception of a BH RLF indication from SCG;

– CPC execution failure.

Upon SCG failure, if MCG transmissions of radio bearers are not suspended, the UE suspends SCG transmissions for all radio bearers and reports the SCGFailureInformation to the MN, instead of triggering re-establishment. If SCG failure is detected while MCG transmissions for all radio bearers are suspended, the UE initiates the RRC connection re-establishment procedure.

SCG/MCG failure handling by UE also applies to IAB MT.

In all SCG failure cases, the UE maintains the current measurement configurations from both the MN and the SN and the UE continues measurements based on configuration from the MN and the SN if possible. The SN measurements configured to be routed via the MN will continue to be reported after the SCG failure.

NOTE 2: UE may not continue measurements based on configuration from the SN after SCG failure in certain cases (e.g. UE cannot maintain the timing of PSCell).

The UE includes in the SCGFailureInformation message the measurement results available according to current measurement configuration of both the MN and the SN. The MN handles the SCGFailureInformation message and may decide to keep, change, or release the SN/SCG. In all the cases, the measurement results according to the SN configuration and the SCG failure type may be forwarded to the old SN and/or to the new SN.

In case of CPC, upon transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to the MN, the UE stops evaluating the CPC execution condition. The UE is not required to continue measurements for candidate PSCell(s) for execution condition upon transmission of the SCGFailureInformation message to the MN.

8.2.3.18.2.3 Test description

8.2.3.18.2.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PCell, E-UTRA Cell 2 is the neighbour cell, NR Cell 1 is the source PSCell and NR Cell 2 is the candidate target PSCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– If pc_IP_Ping is set to TRUE then, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.2-1.

– Else, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) and Test Loop Function (On) with UE test loop mode B activated according to TS 38.508-1 [4], table 4.5.4.2-1.

8.2.3.18.2.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Tables 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-1 and 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-2 illustrate the downlink power levels to be applied for E-UTRA and NR Cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while the configuration marked "T1", T2 and "T3" are applied at the point indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-3.

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-1: Power levels in FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

off

Power levels are such that UE registered on E-UTRA Cell 1 and added NR Cell 1 as the PSCell and event A3 is not satisfied for NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-94

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

off

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

-79

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

off

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is not satisfied for NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-113

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

off

-85

Power levels are such that The radio link quality of E-UTRA Cell 1 is degraded, E-UTRA Cell 2 is suitable for camping and entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

-79

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-2: Power levels in FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

off

Power levels are such that UE registered on E-UTRA Cell 1 and added NR Cell 1 as the PSCell and event A3 is not satisfied for NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

off

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

off

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is not satisfied for NR Cell 2.

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

Power levels are such that The radio link quality of E-UTRA Cell 1 is degraded, E-UTRA Cell 2 is suitable for camping and entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 2

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to perform conditional PSCell change with ConditionalReconfiguration to set NR Cell 2 as target candidate cell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message on E-UTRA Cell 1

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

Wait for 5s to ensure that T304 expires.

NOTE: SS does not respond to the UE transmitted RACH preambles on NR Cell 2.

5

Check: Does UE transmit the SCGFailureInformationNR message with failureType set to ‘synchReconfigFailureSCG‘ in E-UTRA Cell 1?

–>

SCGFailureInformationNR

1

P

6

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

7

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to add NR PSCell with SCG DRB. RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contains the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT REQUEST message.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

8

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

9

The UE transmits an ULInformationTransfer message containing the ACTIVATE DEDICATED EPS BEARER CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

–>

ULInformationTransfer

10

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to perform conditional PSCell change with ConditionalReconfiguration to set NR Cell 2 as target candidate cell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

11

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message on E-UTRA Cell 1.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

12

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3" in order that the radio link quality of E-UTRA Cell 1 is degraded and E-UTRA Cell 2 is suitable for camping.

13

Check: Does the UE send RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message on E-UTRA Cell 1 within 10s?

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest

2

P

14

The SS transmits RRCConnectionReestablishment message.

<–

RRCConnectionReestablishment

15

The UE transmits RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete

16

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to resume existing radio bearer.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration

17

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationtComplete

8.2.3.18.2.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1 and step 10, Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS and CHO

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

measConfig

MeasConfig

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-3

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

conditionalReconfiguration-r16

ConditionalReconfiguration

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-6

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-4

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-condEventA3

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-5

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

The SSB of NR Cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4 have the same ARFCN value as specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-5: ReportConfigNR-condEventA3 (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-142 with condition CHO AND EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

condTriggerConfig SEQUENCE {

condEventId CHOICE {

condEventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

FR1

FFS

FR2

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-6: ConditionalReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-25D

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ConditionalReconfiguration-r16::= SEQUENCE {

condReconfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 {

1 entry

CondReconfigToAddMod-r16[1] ::= SEQUENCE {

entry 1

condReconfigId-r16

1

condExecutionCond-r16::= SEQUENCE {

1 entry

MeasId[1]

1

entry 1

}

condRRCReconfig-r16

RRCReconfiguration-HO with condition HO_NR cell 2

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-7

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-7: RRCReconfiguration-HO (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.8.1-1A with condition RBConfig_KeyChange

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup SEQUENCE {

CellGroupConfig

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-8

}

}

}

8.2.3.18.2.3.3-8: CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19 with Condition PSCell_change

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

spCellConfig SEQUENCE {

reconfigurationWithSync SEQUENCE {

spCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical Cell Identity of NR Cell 2

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-9: SCGFailureInformationNR (step 5, Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-18AA

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SCGFailureInformationNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

scgFailureInformationNR-r15 SEQUENCE {

failureReportSCG-NR-r15 SEQUENCE {

failureType-r15

synchReconfigFailure-SCG

measResultFreqListNR-r15

Not checked

measResultSCG-r15

Not checked

}

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 7, Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nr-Config-r15 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r15

OCTET STRING including the RRCReconfiguration message and the IE secondaryCellGroup.

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-11

}

}

nr-RadioBearerConfig1-r15

OCTET STRING including RadioBearerConfig.

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-13

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-11: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup

CellGroupConfig

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-12

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-12: CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-11)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

rlc-BearerToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-BearerConfig {

1 entry

RLC-BearerConfig[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

servedRadioBearer CHOICE {

drb-Identity

2

SCG DRB Id

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-13: RadioBearerConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.2.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-132

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RadioBearerConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

drb-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod {

1 entry

DRB-ToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

entry 1

cnAssociation CHOICE {

eps-BearerIdentity

6

Dedicated EPS bearer Id of SCG DRB

}

drb-Identity

2

SCG DRB Id

}

}

securityConfig SEQUENCE {

keyToUse

secondary

}

}

8.2.3.18.3 Conditional PSCell change / PCell change / PSCell change / EN-DC

8.2.3.18.3.1 Test Purpose (TP)

(1)

with { UE in RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC and receiving an RRCReconfiguration message for conditional PScell change }

ensure that {

when { UE receives PCell change command }

then { UE executes the PCell change procedure, regardless of any previously received CPC configuration }

}

(2)

with { UE in NR RRC_CONNECTED state with EN-DC and receiving an RRCReconfiguration message for conditional PScell change }

ensure that {

when { UE receives PSCell change command }

then { UE executes the PSCell change procedure, regardless of any previously received CPC configuration }

}

8.2.3.18.3.2 Conformance requirements

References: The conformance requirements covered in the present TC are specified in: TS 37.340 clause 10.3.1 and 10.6 and TS 38.331 clause 5.3.5.1. Unless otherwise stated these are Rel-16 requirements.

[TS 37.340, clause 10.3.1]

The Secondary Node Modification procedure may be initiated either by the MN or by the SN and be used to modify, establish or release bearer contexts, to transfer bearer contexts to and from the SN or to modify other properties of the UE context within the same SN. It may also be used to transfer an NR RRC message from the SN to the UE via the MN and the response from the UE via MN to the SN (e.g. when SRB3 is not used). In case of CPC, this procedure is used to configure or modify CPC configuration within the same SN.

SN initiated Conditional SN Modification (CPC) without MN involvement (SRB3 is used)

Figure 10.3.1-3a: SN Modification – SN-initiated without MN involvement and SRB3 is used to configure CPC.

The SN initiates the procedure when it needs to transfer an NR RRC message to the UE and SRB3 is used to configure CPC.

1. The SN sends the RRCReconfiguration message including CPC configuration to the UE through SRB3.

2. The UE applies the new configuration. The UE starts evaluating the CPC execution conditions for the candidate PSCell(s). The UE maintains connection with the source PSCell and replies with the RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the SN via SRB3.

3. If at least one CPC candidate PSCell satisfies the corresponding CPC execution condition, the UE detaches from the source PSCell, applies the stored configuration corresponding to the selected candidate PSCell and synchronises to the candidate PSCell.

4. The UE completes the CPC execution procedure by sending an RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the new PSCell.

Transfer of an NR RRC message to/from the UE (when SRB3 is not used)

Figure 10.3.1-4: Transfer of an NR RRC message to/from the UE

The SN initiates the procedure when it needs to transfer an NR RRC message to the UE and SRB3 is not used.

1. The SN initiates the procedure by sending the SgNB Modification Required to the MN.

2. The MN forwards the NR RRC message to the UE in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

3. The UE applies the new configuration and replies with the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message.

4. The MN forwards the NR RRC response message, if received from the UE, to the SN in the SgNB Modification Confirm message.

5. If instructed, the UE performs synchronisation towards the PSCell of the SN as described in SgNB Addition procedure. Otherwise the UE may perform UL transmission after having applied the new configuration.

SN initiated Conditional SN Modification (CPC) without MN involvement (SRB3 is not used)

Figure 10.3.1-5: SN Modification – SN-initiated without MN involvement and SRB3 is not used to configure CPC

The SN initiates the procedure when it needs to transfer an NR RRC message to the UE and SRB3 is not used to configure CPC.

1. The SN initiates the procedure by sending the SgNB Modification Required to the MN including the SN RRC reconfiguration message with CPC configuration.

2. The MN forwards the SN RRC reconfiguration message to the UE including it in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

3. The UE replies with the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message by including the SN RRC reconfiguration complete message. The UE maintains connection with source PSCell after receiving CPC configuration, and starts evaluating the CPC execution conditions for the candidate PSCell(s).

4. The MN forwards the SN RRC response message, if received from the UE, to the SN by including it in the SgNB Modification Confirm message.

5. If at least one CPC candidate PSCell satisfies the corresponding CPC execution condition, the UE completes the CPC execution procedure by an ULInformationTransferMRDC message to the MN which includes an embedded RRCReconfigurationComplete message to the selected target PSCell.

6. The RRCReconfigurationComplete is forwarded to the SN embedded in RRC Transfer.

7. The UE detaches from the source PSCell, applies the stored corresponding configuration and synchronises to the selected candidate PSCell.

[TS 37.340, clause 10.6]

In MR-DC, a PSCell change does not always require a security key change.

A Conditional PSCell Change (CPC) is defined as a PSCell change that is executed by the UE when execution condition(s) is met. The UE starts evaluating the execution condition(s) upon receiving the CPC configuration, and stops evaluating the execution condition(s) once PSCell change is triggered. Only intra-SN CPC without MN involvement is supported.

The following principles apply to CPC:

– The CPC configuration contains the configuration of CPC candidate PSCell(s) and execution condition(s) generated by the SN.

– An execution condition may consist of one or two trigger condition(s) (CPC events A3/A5, as defined in TS 38.331 [4]). Only single RS type is supported and at most two different trigger quantities (e.g. RSRP and RSRQ, RSRP and SINR, etc.) can be configured simultaneously for the evaluation of CPC execution condition of a single candidate PSCell.

– Before any CPC execution condition is satisfied, upon reception of PSCell change command or PCell change command, the UE executes the PSCell change procedure as described in clause 10.3 and 10.5 or the PCell change procedure as described in clause 9.2.3.2 in TS 38.300[3] or clause 10.1.2.1 in TS 36.300 [2], regardless of any previously received CPC configuration. Upon the successful completion of PSCell change procedure or PCell change procedure, the UE releases all stored CPC configurations.

– While executing CPC, the UE is not required to continue evaluating the execution condition of other candidate PSCell(s).

– Once the CPC procedure is executed successfully, the UE releases all stored CPC configurations.

– Upon the release of SCG, the UE releases the stored CPC configurations.

CPC configuration in HO command, PSCell change command or conditional reconfiguration is not supported.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.1]

Figure 5.3.5.1-1: RRC reconfiguration, successful

Figure 5.3.5.1-2: RRC reconfiguration, failure

The purpose of this procedure is to modify an RRC connection, e.g. to establish/modify/release RBs, to perform reconfiguration with sync, to setup/modify/release measurements, to add/modify/release SCells and cell groups, to add/modify/release conditional handover configuration, to add/modify/release conditional PSCell change configuration. As part of the procedure, NAS dedicated information may be transferred from the Network to the UE.

[TS 38.331, clause 5.3.5.13.1]

The network configures the UE with one or more candidate target SpCells in the conditional reconfiguration. The UE evaluates the condition of each configured candidate target SpCell. The UE applies the conditional reconfiguration associated with one of the target SpCells which fulfils associated execution condition. The network provides the configuration parameters for the target SpCell in the ConditionalReconfiguration IE.

The UE performs the following actions based on a received ConditionalReconfiguration IE:

1> if the ConditionalReconfiguration contains the condReconfigToRemoveList:

2> perform conditional reconfiguration removal procedure as specified in 5.3.5.13.2;

1> if the ConditionalReconfiguration contains the condReconfigToAddModList:

2> perform conditional reconfiguration addition/modification as specified in 5.3.5.13.3;

8.2.3.18.3.3 Test description

8.2.3.18.3.3.1 Pre-test conditions

System Simulator:

– E-UTRA Cell 1 is the PCell, E-UTRA Cell 2 is the target Pcell, NR Cell 1 is the source PSCell and NR Cell 2 and NR Cell 4 are the candidate target PSCell.

UE:

– None.

Preamble:

– If pc_IP_Ping is set to TRUE then, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) established according to TS 38.508-1 [4], clause 4.5.4.2-1.

– Else, the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED using generic procedure parameter Connectivity (EN-DC), Bearers (MCG(s) and SCG) and Test Loop Function (On) with UE test loop mode B activated according to TS 38.508-1 [4], table 4.5.4.2-1.

8.2.3.18.3.3.2 Test procedure sequence

Tables 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-1 and 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-2 illustrate the downlink power levels to be applied for NR Cells at various time instants of the test execution. Row marked "T0" denotes the conditions after the preamble, while the configuration marked "T1", T2 and "T3", are applied at the point indicated in the Main behaviour description in Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-3.

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-1: Power levels in FR1

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

NR Cell 4

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-91

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-94

-94

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-85

-79

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-88

-94

-94

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-91

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 4

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

-94

-79

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-91

-85

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-91

-82

-94

T4

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

-91

-85

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 4

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

-94

-94

-79

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-2: Power levels in FR2

Parameter

Unit

E-UTRA Cell 1

E-UTRA Cell 2

NR Cell 1

NR Cell 2

NR Cell 4

Remark

T0

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

T1

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

T2

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 4

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

T3

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

T4

Cell-specific RS EPRE

dBm/15kHz

FFS

FFS

Power levels are such that entry condition for event A3 is satisfied for NR Cell 4

SS/PBCH SSS EPRE

dBm/SCS

FFS

FFS

FFS

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-3: Main behaviour

St

Procedure

Message Sequence

TP

Verdict

U – S

Message

1

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to perform conditional PSCell change with ConditionalReconfiguration to set NR Cell 4 as target candidate cell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

2

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message on E-UTRA Cell 1

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

3

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T1".

4

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing mobilityControlInfo to handover to E-UTRA Cell 2 and NR RRCReconfiguration message to perform SCG change with reconfigurationWithSync with the same PSCell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

5

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T2".

6

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message on E-UTRA Cell 2?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

1

P

7

Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure by transmitting Preamble in NR Cell 4 within 10s?

–>

(PRACH Preamble)

1

F

8

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T3".

9

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message to perform conditional PSCell change with ConditionalReconfiguration to set NR Cell 4 as target candidate cell.

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

10

The UE transmits an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message on E-UTRA Cell 1

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

11

The SS transmits an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message containing NR RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurewithsync to handover source PSCell NR Cell 1 to target NR Cell 2 with Split DRB

<–

RRCConnectionReconfiguration (RRCReconfiguration)

12

Check: Does the UE transmit an RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message containing NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message?

–>

RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete (RRCReconfigurationComplete)

2

P

13

SS adjusts the cell-specific reference signal level according to row "T4".

14

Check: Does the UE initiate a random access procedure by transmitting Preamble in NR Cell 4 within 10s?

–>

(PRACH Preamble)

2

F

8.2.3.18.3.3.3 Specific message contents

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-1: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 1, 9 Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-2: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-1)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13 with condition EN-DC_MEAS and CHO

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

measConfig

MeasConfig

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-3

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

conditionalReconfiguration-r16

ConditionalReconfiguration

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-6

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-3: MeasConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-69

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

measObjectToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasObjectToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

measObjectId

1

measObject CHOICE {

measObjectNR

MeasObjectNR

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-4

}

}

}

reportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod {

1 entry

ReportConfigToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

reportConfigId

1

reportConfig CHOICE {

reportConfigNR

ReportConfigNR-condEventA3

Table 8.2.3.18.1.3.3-5

}

}

}

measIdToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod {

1 entry

MeasIdToAddMod[1] SEQUENCE {

measId

1

measObjectId

1

reportConfigId

1

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-4: MeasObjectNR (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-76

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

MeasObjectNR::= SEQUENCE {

ssbFrequency

ARFCN-ValueNR for SSB of NR Cell 1

The SSB of NR cell 1, NR Cell 2 and NR cell 4 have the same ARFCN value as specified in TS 38.508-1 [4] clause 6.2.3

absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation

Not present

nrofSS-BlocksToAverage

Not present

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-5: ReportConfigNR-condEventA3 (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-3)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-142 with condition CHO AND EVENT_A3

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {

reportType CHOICE {

condTriggerConfig SEQUENCE {

condEventId CHOICE {

condEventA3 SEQUENCE {

a3-Offset CHOICE {

rsrp

2

1 dB (2*0.5 dB)

FR1

FFS

FR2

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-6: ConditionalReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-2)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.6.3-25D

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

ConditionalReconfiguration-r16::= SEQUENCE {

condReconfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 {

1 entry

CondReconfigToAddMod-r16[2] ::= SEQUENCE {

condReconfigId-r16

1

condExecutionCond-r16::= SEQUENCE {

1 entry

MeasId[1]

1

}

condRRCReconfig-r16

RRCReconfiguration-HO with condition HO_NR cell 4

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-7

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-7: RRCReconfiguration-HO (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-6)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4] Table 4.8.1-1A with condition RBConfig_KeyChange

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup SEQUENCE {

CellGroupConfig with condition PCI_NR cell 4

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-8

HO_NR cell 4

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-8: CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-7)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19 with Condition PSCell_change

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

spCellConfig SEQUENCE {

reconfigurationWithSync SEQUENCE {

spCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical Cell Identity of NR Cell 4

PCI_NR cell 4

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-9: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 4, Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_EmbedNR_RRCRecon and EN-DC_PSCell_HO AND RBConfig_KeyChange

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

mobilityControlInfo SEQUENCE {

MobilityControlInfo-HO

targetPhysCellId

PhysicalCellIdentity of E-UTRA Cell 2

carrierFreq SEQUENCE {

dl-CarrierFreq

Same downlink EARFCN as used for E-UTRA Cell 2

}

carrierFreq SEQUENCE { }

Not present

Band > 64

carrierFreq-v9e0 SEQUENCE {

Band > 64

dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0

Same downlink EARFCN as used for E-UTRA Cell 2

}

}

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

sk-Counter-r15

Different counter value used before Handover than what was used for initial Split bearer configuration.

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

Band > 64

If band > 64 is selected

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-10: RRCConnectionReconfiguration (step 11, Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.2-3)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7], Table 4.6.1-8 with condition EN-DC_PSCell_HO AND RBConfig_KeyChange

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

c1 CHOICE {

rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {

nr-Config-r15 CHOICE {

setup SEQUENCE {

nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r15

OCTET STRING including the RRCReconfiguration message containing the IE secondaryCellGroup

reconfigurewithsync is present in spCellConfg IE in the secondaryCellGroup IE

}

}

sk-Counter-r15

Different counter value used before Handover than what was used for initial Split bearer configuration.

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-11: RRCReconfiguration (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-10)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.1-13

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {

criticalExtensions CHOICE {

rrcReconfiguration SEQUENCE {

secondaryCellGroup

CellGroupConfig

}

}

}

Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-12: CellGroupConfig (Table 8.2.3.18.3.3.3-11)

Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 4.6.3-19 with condition PSCell_change

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {

spCellConfig SEQUENCE {

reconfigurationWithSync SEQUENCE {

spCellConfigCommon SEQUENCE {

physCellId

Physical Cell Identity of NR Cell 2

}

newUE-Identity

‘4148’H

}

}

}